Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

FLOWERS FOODS, INC. 

401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN 

(As amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2010) 

As amended through December 17, 2013 

 FLOWERS FOODS, INC. 

401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	PREAMBLE	  		  	 	1	  
			
	ARTICLE I	  	DEFINITIONS	  	 	2	  
			
	        1.1	  	Account	  	 	2	  
	        1.2	  	ACP Contributions	  	 	2	  
	        1.3	  	Actual Deferral Percentage	  	 	2	  
	        1.4	  	ADP Contributions	  	 	2	  
	        1.5	  	Allocation Participant	  	 	2	  
	        1.6	  	Annual Additions	  	 	2	  
	        1.7	  	Average Actual Deferral Percentage	  	 	2	  
	        1.8	  	Average Contribution Percentage	  	 	2	  
	        1.9	  	Beneficiary	  	 	2	  
	        1.10	  	Benefit Commencement Date	  	 	2	  
	        1.11	  	Code	  	 	2	  
	        1.12	  	Company	  	 	3	  
	        1.13	  	Company Basic Contributions	  	 	3	  
	        1.14	  	Company Basic Contributions Account	  	 	3	  
	        1.15	  	Compensation	  	 	3	  
	        1.16	  	Contribution Percentage	  	 	4	  
	        1.17	  	Controlled Group	  	 	5	  
	        1.18	  	Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation	  	 	5	  
	        1.19	  	Determination Date	  	 	5	  
	        1.20	  	Disabled	  	 	5	  
	        1.21	  	Effective Date	  	 	5	  
	        1.22	  	Election	  	 	5	  
	        1.23	  	Election Period	  	 	5	  
	        1.24	  	Elective Contributions	  	 	5	  
	        1.25	  	Elective Contributions Account	  	 	5	  
	        1.26	  	Elective Deferrals	  	 	5	  
	        1.27	  	Eligibility Computation Period	  	 	6	  
	        1.28	  	Eligible Employee	  	 	6	  
	        1.29	  	Eligible Highly Compensated Employee	  	 	6	  
	        1.30	  	Eligibility Service	  	 	6	  
	        1.31	  	Employee	  	 	7	  
	        1.32	  	Employer	  	 	7	  
	        1.33	  	Employment Commencement Date	  	 	7	  
	        1.34	  	Entry Date	  	 	7	  
	        1.35	  	ERISA	  	 	7	  
	        1.36	  	Excess Amount	  	 	7	  

							
	        1.37	  	Excess Deferrals	  	 	7	  
	        1.38	  	Forfeitable Account	  	 	8	  
	        1.39	  	Highest Average Compensation	  	 	8	  
	        1.40	  	Highly Compensated Employee	  	 	8	  
	        1.41	  	Highly Compensated Participant	  	 	9	  
	        1.42	  	Hours of Service	  	 	9	  
	        1.43	  	Key Employee	  	 	11	  
	        1.44	  	Leased Employee	  	 	11	  
	        1.45	  	Limitation Year	  	 	12	  
	        1.46	  	Matching Elective Contributions	  	 	12	  
	        1.47	  	Matching Elective Contributions Account	  	 	12	  
	        1.48	  	Nonforfeitable Accounts	  	 	12	  
	        1.49	  	Maximum Permissible Amount	  	 	12	  
	        1.50	  	Normal Retirement Age	  	 	12	  
	        1.51	  	Normal Retirement Date	  	 	12	  
	        1.52	  	One-Year Break in Service	  	 	12	  
	        1.53	  	One-Year Period of Severance	  	 	12	  
	        1.54	  	Participant	  	 	12	  
	        1.55	  	Period of Service	  	 	13	  
	        1.56	  	Period of Severance	  	 	13	  
	        1.57	  	Permissive Aggregation Group	  	 	13	  
	        1.58	  	Plan	  	 	13	  
	        1.59	  	Plan Administrator	  	 	13	  
	        1.60	  	Plan Year	  	 	13	  
	        1.61	  	Present Value	  	 	13	  
	        1.62	  	Qualified Matching Contributions	  	 	13	  
	        1.63	  	Qualified Matching Contributions Account	  	 	13	  
	        1.64	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions	  	 	13	  
	        1.65	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account	  	 	13	  
	        1.66	  	Qualified Spousal Waiver	  	 	14	  
	        1.67	  	Reemployment Commencement Date	  	 	14	  
	        1.68	  	Required Aggregation Group	  	 	14	  
	        1.69	  	Required Beginning Date	  	 	14	  
	        1.70	  	Rollover Contributions	  	 	14	  
	        1.71	  	Rollover Contributions Account	  	 	14	  
	        1.72	  	Self-Employed Individual	  	 	14	  
	        1.73	  	Severance from Service Date	  	 	14	  
	        1.74	  	Spouse	  	 	15	  
	        1.75	  	Surviving Spouse	  	 	15	  
	        1.76	  	Top-Heavy Plan	  	 	15	  
	        1.77	  	Top-Heavy Ratio	  	 	15	  
	        1.78	  	Trust	  	 	15	  
	        1.79	  	Trust Agreement	  	 	15	  
	        1.80	  	Trust Fund	  	 	15	  
	        1.81	  	Trustee	  	 	15	  
	        1.82	  	Valuation Date	  	 	15	  

  
 ii 

							
	        1.83	  	Vesting Computation Period	  	 	16	  
	        1.84	  	Year of Vesting Service	  	 	16	  
			
	ARTICLE II	  	ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION	  	 	17	  
			
	        2.1	  	Initial Attainment of Participation Status	  	 	17	  
	        2.2	  	Reemployment of Former Employees	  	 	18	  
	        2.3	  	Reemployment of Former Participants	  	 	18	  
	        2.4	  	Transfers to/from Eligible Class	  	 	18	  
			
	ARTICLE III	  	CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS	  	 	19	  
			
	        3.1	  	Employer Contributions	  	 	19	  
	        3.2	  	Employee Contributions — Rollover Contributions	  	 	22	  
	        3.3	  	Time of Payment of Contributions	  	 	23	  
	        3.4	  	Return of Contributions	  	 	23	  
	        3.5	  	Provisions Regarding Elective Contributions	  	 	24	  
	        3.6	  	Limitation of Elective Deferrals	  	 	27	  
	        3.7	  	Limitation of Employee and Employer Matching Contributions	  	 	30	  
	        3.8	  	Corrections Required by Discrimination Tests	  	 	32	  
	        3.9	  	Discretionary Cutbacks to Satisfy Discrimination Tests	  	 	34	  
	        3.10	  	401(k)/401(m) Testing Provision	  	 	34	  
			
	ARTICLE IV	  	LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS	  	 	36	  
			
	        4.1	  	General Rules	  	 	36	  
	        4.2	  	Applicable Definitions	  	 	37	  
			
	ARTICLE V	  	VESTING IN ACCOUNTS	  	 	41	  
			
	        5.1	  	Vesting of Nonforfeitable Accounts	  	 	41	  
	        5.2	  	Vesting of Forfeitable Account	  	 	41	  
	        5.3	  	Forfeitures	  	 	45	  
	        5.4	  	Reemployed Former Employees	  	 	45	  
	        5.5	  	Years of Vesting Service Disregarded	  	 	45	  
	        5.6	  	Vesting Upon Termination	  	 	45	  
	        5.7	  	Family and Medical Leave Act	  	 	46	  
			
	ARTICLE VI	  	ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS	  	 	47	  
			
	        6.1	  	Separate Accounts	  	 	47	  
	        6.2	  	Investment of Trust Fund	  	 	48	  
	        6.3	  	Trustee’s Reliance	  	 	49	  
			
	ARTICLE VII	  	ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS AND LOSSES TO ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS	  	 	50	  
			
	        7.1	  	Allocations of Trust Fund Earnings and Losses	  	 	50	  
			
	ARTICLE VIII	  	PAYMENT OF BENEFITS	  	 	51	  
			
	        8.1	  	Time of Payment of Benefits	  	 	51	  
	        8.2	  	Benefits Upon Death	  	 	52	  
	        8.3	  	Form of Payment of Benefits	  	 	54	  

  
 iii 

							
	        8.4	  	Valuation of Accounts for Payments	  	 	54	  
	        8.5	  	Forfeitures	  	 	55	  
	        8.6	  	Benefit Payment Commencement	  	 	55	  
	        8.7	  	Notice and Consent Requirements	  	 	56	  
	        8.8	  	Restrictions on Elective Contributions	  	 	57	  
	        8.9	  	Payments to Alternate Payees	  	 	57	  
	        8.10	  	Hardship Distributions of Elective Contributions	  	 	58	  
	        8.11	  	Loan of Account Balances to Participants	  	 	60	  
	        8.12	  	Rollover Distribution Election	  	 	64	  
	        8.13	  	Provision Pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9)	  	 	66	  
	        8.14	  	Distributions After Attainment of Age 59 1⁄2	  	 	72	  
	        8.15	  	Distributions from Rollover Contributions Account	  	 	72	  
	        8.16	  	Certain Automatic Rollovers	  	 	72	  
	        8.17	  	Qualified Reservist Distributions	  	 	73	  
			
	ARTICLE IX	  	THE TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE	  	 	74	  
			
	        9.1	  	Existence of Trust	  	 	74	  
	        9.2	  	Exclusive Benefit Rule	  	 	74	  
	        9.3	  	Removal or Resignation of Trustee	  	 	74	  
	        9.4	  	Powers of Trustee	  	 	74	  
	        9.5	  	Integration of Trust Agreement	  	 	74	  
	        9.6	  	Records and Accounts	  	 	74	  
	        9.7	  	Annual Reports	  	 	75	  
	        9.8	  	Collective or Pooled Investment Trusts	  	 	75	  
			
	ARTICLE X	  	ADMINISTRATION	  	 	76	  
			
	        10.1	  	Allocation of Responsibility	  	 	76	  
	        10.2	  	Administrative Expenses	  	 	76	  
	        10.3	  	Plan Administrator Powers and Duties	  	 	76	  
	        10.4	  	Records and Reports	  	 	76	  
	        10.5	  	Reporting and Disclosure	  	 	76	  
	        10.6	  	Named Fiduciary	  	 	76	  
	        10.7	  	Administrator	  	 	76	  
	        10.8	  	Interpretation of the Plan and Findings of Facts	  	 	77	  
	        10.9	  	Bonding, Insurance and Indemnity	  	 	77	  
			
	ARTICLE XI	  	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND ADOPTION	  	 	79	  
			
	        11.1	  	Permanency of Plan	  	 	79	  
	        11.2	  	Right to Amend Plan	  	 	79	  
	        11.3	  	Right to Terminate Plan	  	 	80	  
	        11.4	  	Termination of Participation in Plan by Employer other than Company	  	 	81	  
	        11.5	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Assets	  	 	81	  
	        11.6	  	Adoption of Plan by Controlled Group Members	  	 	82	  
			
	ARTICLE XII	  	GENERAL PROVISIONS	  	 	84	  
			
	        12.1	  	Participant’s Rights to Employment, Etc.	  	 	84	  

  
 iv 

							
	        12.2	  	No Guarantee of Interests	  	 	84	  
	        12.3	  	Standard of Conduct	  	 	84	  
	        12.4	  	Allocation of Duties	  	 	84	  
	        12.5	  	Claims Procedure	  	 	85	  
	        12.6	  	Nonalienation or Assignment; QDRO’s	  	 	88	  
	        12.7	  	Plan Continuance Voluntary	  	 	90	  
	        12.8	  	Payments to Minors and Others	  	 	90	  
	        12.9	  	Location of Payee; Unclaimed Benefits	  	 	90	  
	        12.10	  	Governing Law	  	 	90	  
	        12.11	  	Correction of Participants’ Accounts	  	 	90	  
	        12.12	  	Action of Employer and Plan Administrator	  	 	91	  
	        12.13	  	Employer Records	  	 	91	  
	        12.14	  	Gender and Number	  	 	91	  
	        12.15	  	Headings	  	 	91	  
	        12.16	  	Liability Limited	  	 	91	  
	        12.17	  	Prohibited Discrimination	  	 	91	  
	        12.18	  	Legal References	  	 	91	  
	        12.19	  	Military Service	  	 	91	  
	        12.20	  	Electronic Means of Communication	  	 	91	  
	        12.21	  	Plan Conversions	  	 	92	  
			
	ARTICLE XIII	  	SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLAN YEARS	  	 	93	  
			
	        13.1	  	Top-Heavy Provisions	  	 	93	  
	        13.2	  	Top-Heavy Special Definitions	  	 	94	  
			
	APPENDIX I	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ANNUITY PAYMENTS	  	 	98	  
			
	        1.1	  	Forms of Benefit for Certain Accounts	  	 	98	  
	        1.2	  	Annuities	  	 	99	  
	        1.3	  	Death On or After Benefit Commencement Date	  	 	99	  
	        1.4	  	Valuation of Accounts for Payments	  	 	99	  
	        1.5	  	Definitions	  	 	100	  
			
	APPENDIX II	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE MRS. BOEHME’S HOLSUM BAKERY, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	101	  
			
	        2.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	101	  
	        2.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	101	  
	        2.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	101	  
	        2.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	101	  
	        2.5	  	Forms of Benefits for Boehme’s Accounts	  	 	102	  
	        2.6	  	Benefits Upon Death	  	 	103	  
	        2.7	  	Vesting	  	 	103	  
	        2.8	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	103	  
	        2.9	  	Hours of Service	  	 	104	  

  
 v 

							
	APPENDIX III	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE HOLSUM BAKING COMPANY RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	105	  
			
	        3.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	105	  
	        3.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	105	  
	        3.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	106	  
	        3.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	106	  
	        3.5	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for Holsum Accounts	  	 	106	  
	        3.6	  	Vesting	  	 	106	  
	        3.7	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	106	  
	        3.8	  	Hours of Service	  	 	107	  
			
	APPENDIX IV	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE SHIPLEY BAKING COMPANY 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	108	  
			
	        4.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	108	  
	        4.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	108	  
	        4.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	108	  
	        4.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	109	  
	        4.5	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for Shipley Accounts	  	 	109	  
	        4.6	  	Benefits Upon Death	  	 	110	  
	        4.7	  	Vesting	  	 	110	  
	        4.8	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	110	  
	        4.9	  	Hours of Service	  	 	111	  
			
	APPENDIX V	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE FRANKLIN BAKING COMPANY, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND THE FRANKLIN BAKING COMPANY, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	112	  
			
	        5.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	112	  
	        5.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	112	  
	        5.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	112	  
	        5.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	113	  
	        5.5	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for Franklin Accounts	  	 	113	  
	        5.6	  	Vesting	  	 	113	  
	        5.7	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	113	  
	        5.8	  	Hours of Service	  	 	113	  
			
	APPENDIX VI	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE PIES, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	114	  
			
	        6.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	114	  
	        6.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	114	  
	        6.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	114	  
	        6.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	114	  
	        6.5	  	Vesting	  	 	115	  

  
 vi 

							
	        6.6	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	115	  
	        6.7	  	Hours of Service	  	 	115	  
			
	APPENDIX VII	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE HOME BAKING COMPANY, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	116	  
			
	        7.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	116	  
	        7.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	116	  
	        7.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	116	  
	        7.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	117	  
	        7.5	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for Home Baking Accounts	  	 	117	  
	        7.6	  	Vesting	  	 	117	  
	        7.7	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	118	  
	        7.8	  	Hours of Service	  	 	118	  
			
	APPENDIX VIII	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE IDEAL BAKING 401(K) PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	119	  
			
	        8.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	119	  
	        8.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	119	  
	        8.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	119	  
	        8.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	120	  
	        8.5	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for Ideal Baking Accounts	  	 	120	  
	        8.6	  	Vesting	  	 	121	  
	        8.7	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	121	  
	        8.8	  	Hours of Service	  	 	122	  
			
	APPENDIX IX	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE HOLSUM SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	123	  
			
	        9.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	123	  
	        9.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	123	  
	        9.3	  	Commingled Accounting	  	 	124	  
	        9.4	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	124	  
	        9.5	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	124	  
	        9.6	  	Participant Loans under Phoenix Savings Plan	  	 	124	  
	        9.7	  	Vesting	  	 	124	  
	        9.8	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	125	  
	        9.9	  	Hours of Service	  	 	125	  
			
	APPENDIX X	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE DERST BAKING COMPANY 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	126	  
			
	        10.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	126	  
	        10.2	  	Separate Accounting	  	 	126	  
	        10.3	  	Commingled Accounting	  	 	126	  
	        10.4	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	127	  
	        10.5	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	127	  

  
 vii 

							
	        10.6	  	Vesting	  	 	127	  
	        10.7	  	Additional Forms of Benefit for MPP Accounts	  	 	127	  
	        10.8	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	130	  
	        10.9	  	Hours of Service	  	 	131	  
	        10.10	  	Definitions	  	 	131	  
			
	APPENDIX XI	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE BKB 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	134	  
			
	        11.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	134	  
	        11.2	  	Commingled Accounting	  	 	134	  
	        11.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	135	  
	        11.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	135	  
	        11.5	  	Vesting	  	 	135	  
	        11.6	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	135	  
	        11.7	  	Hours of Service	  	 	135	  
			
	APPENDIX XII	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE TASTY BAKING COMPANY 401(K) AND COMPANY FUNDED RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	137	  
			
	        12.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	137	  
	        12.2	  	Accounting	  	 	137	  
	        12.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	138	  
	        12.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	138	  
	        12.5	  	Vesting	  	 	138	  
			
	APPENDIX XIII	  	SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE F.R. LEPAGE BAKERY, INC. PROFIT SHARING, SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN	  	 	139	  
			
	        13.1	  	General Provisions	  	 	139	  
	        13.2	  	Accounting	  	 	139	  
	        13.3	  	Transfer of Plan Assets	  	 	140	  
	        13.4	  	Conditions for Merger and Transfer	  	 	140	  
	        13.5	  	Special Vesting Rules	  	 	140	  
	        13.6	  	In-Service Withdrawals	  	 	141	  
		
	 EXHIBIT A TO FLOWERS FOODS, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
	  	 	142	  
		
	 EXHIBIT B TO FLOWERS FOODS, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
	  	 	143	  

  
 viii 

 FLOWERS FOODS, INC. 

401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN 

PREAMBLE 
 This Flowers
Foods, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) and the Trust which forms a part of the Plan, are intended to be and to remain qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, (“Code”), and shall be interpreted and administered in such manner as shall be necessary to carry out this intention. The Plan is intended to constitute a profit sharing plan and a defined contribution plan for purposes of Code
§§ 401(a), 402, 412 and 417 and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. A portion of the Plan is intended to constitute a “qualified cash or deferred arrangement” under section 401(k)
of the Code. 
 The original effective date of the Plan was April 1, 1995, and the original name of the Plan was the Flowers
Industries, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. 
 The Plan was amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 1997, in order to
comply with applicable provisions of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and the Internal Revenue
Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998. 
 Effective as of April 1, 2001, Flowers Foods, Inc., a Georgia corporation, assumed the
sponsorship of the Plan, and the name of the Plan was changed to the Flowers Foods, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. 
 The Plan
is herein again amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2010, in order to comply with the provisions, as applicable, of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act
of 2001, and the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and applicable regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting applicable provisions of the Code. The general effective date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is
January 1, 2010; provided, however, that certain provisions have other effective dates as specified herein. This amendment and restatement shall apply only to a Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service on or after that date,
except as may be otherwise stated herein. The rights and benefits of a Participant who is not credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2010 shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the
Participant’s termination of employment with the Employer. 

 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 The following
words and phrases as used in this Plan shall have the meanings set forth in this Article unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context: 

1.1 Account shall mean a separate account which is established and maintained for a Participant (or his Beneficiary) and to which
contributions made under this Plan which are allocated to such Participant, if any, and earnings or losses thereon, if any, shall be credited. See Section 6.1 herein. 

1.2 ACP Contributions. See Section 3.7(b)(iii) of this Plan. 

1.3 Actual Deferral Percentage. See Section 3.6(b)(ii) of this Plan. 

1.4 ADP Contributions. See Section 3.6(b)(iii) of this Plan. 

1.5 Allocation Participant shall, for a Plan Year, mean those Participants who are employed with the Employer on the last day of the
Plan Year. 
 1.6 Annual Additions. See Section 4.2(a) of this Plan. 

1.7 Average Actual Deferral Percentage. See Section 3.6(b)(i) of this Plan. 

1.8 Average Contribution Percentage. See Section 3.7(b)(i) of this Plan. 

1.9 Beneficiary shall mean any person or persons, including a trust for the benefit of individuals, last designated in writing by a
Participant pursuant to the provisions and conditions of Section 8.2(c), who is or may become entitled to a benefit hereunder. If, at any time, no Beneficiary has been validly designated by the Participant, or the Beneficiary validly designated
by the Participant is no longer living or no longer exists, whichever is applicable, then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the person or persons in the first of the following classes of beneficiaries with one or more members
of such class surviving or in existence as of the Participant’s death, and in the absence thereof, the Participant’s estate: 
 (a)
the Participant’s Surviving Spouse; or 
 (b) the Participant’s lineal descendants, per stirpes. 

1.10 Benefit Commencement Date means the date of the distribution determined pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII herein. 

1.11 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time. 

  
 2 

 1.12 Company shall mean Flowers Foods, Inc., its successors and assigns, and any other
corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship into which the Company may be merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred unless such organization indicates in writing that it does not approve of such
automatic succession. With respect to periods of time prior to April 1, 2001, “Company” shall mean Flowers Industries, Inc. 

1.13 Company Basic Contributions shall mean Employer contributions, if any, made to this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(e) of this
Plan, and shall be allocated pursuant to Section 3.1(e)(ii) hereof. 
 1.14 Company Basic Contributions Account shall mean the
Account of a Participant to which are credited any Company Basic Contributions allocated to the Participant each Plan Year under Section 3.1(e) of this Plan. 

1.15 Compensation. 

(a) General Definition. Subject to subsections (b) through (e) below, Compensation for a Plan Year with
respect to an Employee shall mean “compensation” as that term is defined in Code § 415(c)(3) and Treas. Reg. § 1.415-2(d)(1) and (2) and paid by an Employer to such Employee. 

(b) Safe Harbor Exclusions. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, none of the following items
shall be included in the definition of Compensation, whether or not includable in taxable gross income: 
 (i) reimbursement
or other expense allowances; 
 (ii) fringe benefits (cash and noncash); 

(iii) moving expenses; 

(iv) deferred compensation; 

(v) welfare benefits; 

and, additionally, solely with respect to Highly Compensated Employees: 

(vi) amounts received from the exercise of any nonqualified stock options issued by an Employer; 

(vii) amounts received from the sale or exchange of stock transferred pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option;
and 
 (viii) amounts required to be reported as income pursuant to Code §7872. 

(ix) severance or separation pay, whether paid pursuant to a Company program or pursuant to an individual contract between the
Employer and an Employee. 

  
 3 

 (c) Non-Safe Harbor Exclusions. Notwithstanding the provisions of
sub-section (a) above, and in addition to those items listed in subsection (b) above, none of the following items shall be included in the definition of Compensation, whether or not includable in taxable gross income: 

(i) job injury benefits pay; 

(ii) sales contest prizes and safety contest prizes; 

(iii) longevity pay; 

(iv) restricted stock dividends, equity incentive award dividends, and gain from purchase or receipt of stock or other property
or cash pertaining to either type of award; 
 (v) awards pertaining to stock appreciation rights; 

(vi) annual incentive bonus; 

(vii) lump sum performance payments; 

(viii) vacation payout earnings; and 

(ix) severance or separation pay, whether paid pursuant to a Company program or pursuant to an individual contract between the
Employer and an Employee. 
 (d) Salary Reduction Arrangements. Notwithstanding the preceding subsections of this
Section, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by an Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under Code §§125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b). 

(e) Limitation. The annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account in determining contributions or benefits
under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the applicable “annual compensation limit” (as defined in Code § 401(a)(17)) for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins. If the Plan determines Compensation for a period
of time that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, the above limitation is to be proportionately reduced; provided, however, no proration is required for Employees who are covered under the Plan for less than 1 full year if the contributions under
the Plan are based on Compensation for a period of at least 12 months. 
 (f) Special Provisions. The term
Compensation may be specially defined for purposes of certain provisions of this Plan. See, e.g., Sections 1.40(f)(iii), 1.44(b), 3.6(b)(iv), 3.7(b)(iv), 4.2(b), 13.1(a)(ii) and 13.2(f) of this Plan. 

1.16 Contribution Percentage. See Section 3.7(b)(ii) of this Plan. 

  
 4 

 1.17 Controlled Group shall mean the Company and any other entity which is required to be
aggregated with the Company pursuant to Code §§414(b), (c), (m) or (o). 
 1.18 Defined Contribution Dollar
Limitation. See Section 4.2(c) of this Plan. 
 1.19 Determination Date. See Section 13.2(d) of this
Plan. 
 1.20 Disabled shall mean unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
physical or mental impairment arising after an Employee has become a Participant and while employed by an Employer resulting from demonstrable injury or disease that can be expected to continue for an indefinite period of greater than 12 months or
to result in death and which prevents the Participant from engaging in his occupation or performing any gainful occupation for which he is qualified by reason of education, training or experience as determined by a qualified physician selected by
the Plan Administrator. 
 1.21 Effective Date shall mean the day on which this amended and restated Plan becomes effective, which
shall be January 1, 2010. The original effective date of the Plan was April 1, 1995. 
 1.22 Election shall mean the
election made by an Eligible Employee to have the Employer make Elective Contributions on behalf of such Employee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.5 of this Plan. The Election may be made by means of instructions provided by the Employee
pursuant to any voice-response system utilized by the Plan, and any hard copy confirmation of such verbal instructions, as well as on any written form provided by the Plan Administrator for said purpose. 

1.23 Election Period shall mean, for each Participant, his payroll period. 

1.24 Elective Contributions shall mean Employer contributions, if any, made to this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of this Plan
that were subject to a cash or deferred election under which, pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Plan, an Eligible Employee could elect to have the Employer either contribute an amount to this Plan or provide such amount to the Eligible Employee
in cash or in the form of some other taxable benefit. Elective Contributions shall be allocated to Eligible Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii) of this Plan. 

1.25 Elective Contributions Account shall mean the Account of a Participant to which are credited any Elective Contributions allocated
to the Participant each Plan Year under Section 3.1(a) of this Plan. 
 1.26 Elective Deferrals shall mean: 

(a) Any elective contribution (as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(g)(3)) by a given individual under any qualified cash
or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code §401(k)) to the extent such contribution is not includible in the individual’s gross income for the taxable year on account of Code §402(e)(3), including Elective Contributions to this Plan.

  
 5 

 (b) Any employer contribution on behalf of a given individual to a simplified
employee pension (as defined in Code §408(k)) to the extent such contribution is not includible in the individual’s gross income for the taxable year on account of Code §402(h)(1)(B). 

(c) Any employer contribution on behalf of a given individual to an annuity contract under Code §403(b) pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement (within the meaning of Code §3121(a)(5)(D)) to the extent such contribution is not includible in the individual’s gross income for the taxable year on account of Code §403(b). 

(d) Any employee contribution by a given individual which is designated as deductible under a trust described in Code
§501(c)(18), to the extent that such contribution is deductible from such individual’s income for the taxable year on account of Code §501(c)(18). 

1.27 Eligibility Computation Period shall mean, for purposes of determining Eligibility Service, the period beginning on an
Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee’s next Severance from Service Date. 

1.28 Eligible Employee. 

(a) In General. Eligible Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who is employed by an Employer, and (ii) who is
eligible to participate in this Plan and become a Participant for all or a portion of a Plan Year pursuant to Article II of this Plan. (Employees described in subsections (c) through (f) of Section 2.1 shall not be Eligible Employees
while such description is applicable.) 
 (b) Special Rules. Solely for purposes of applying the discrimination tests
in Article III associated with ADP Contributions and ACP Contributions, an Eligible Employee generally means an Employee who is directly or indirectly eligible to make Elective Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching Elective
Contributions under the Plan for a Plan Year. An Employee who would be eligible to make Elective Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching Elective Contributions but for a suspension due to a hardship withdrawal or an election not to
participate in the Plan, is treated as an Eligible Employee for purposes of applying the discrimination tests in Article III associated with ADP Contributions and ACP Contributions. An Employee will also be considered an Eligible Employee for such
tests even though the Employee does not receive additional Annual Additions because of an Excess Amount. 
 1.29 Eligible Highly
Compensated Employee shall mean an Eligible Employee who is also a Highly Compensated Employee. 
 1.30 Eligibility Service. An
Employee’s Eligibility Service shall equal the total of his Periods of Service; provided, however, that any period while an Employee is on a leave of absence under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 will be treated as continued service
for the purpose of computing Eligibility Service. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, periods of service with Kotarides Baking Co. of Va. shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Eligibility Service. 

  
 6 

 1.31 Employee shall mean a person who performs services for a member of the Controlled
Group and who is a common law employee of such Controlled Group member and any Self- Employed Individual who is treated as an employee of a member of the Controlled Group pursuant to Code § 401(c)(1). The term Employee shall also include any
Leased Employee of a Controlled Group member. The term “Employee” shall not include an individual who provides services to the Employer or another Controlled Group member pursuant to a contractual arrangement with another entity, but who
is not deemed to constitute a Leased Employee. It is expressly intended that individuals who are not treated as common law employees by the Employer or a Controlled Group member for purposes of its payroll records are to be excluded from
participation in the Plan, even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. Effective as of January 1, 2009, to the extent required by Code § 414(u)(12),
the term “Employee” shall include an individual receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code § 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer. 

1.32 Employer shall mean the Company and each member of the Controlled Group which has adopted this Plan pursuant to Section 11.6
herein. See also Section 4.2(d) for a special definition applicable in Article IV. 
 1.33 Employment Commencement Date shall
mean the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service (as defined in subsection (a) of Section 1.42) for any member of the Controlled Group. 

1.34 Entry Date shall mean the first day of each payroll period. 

1.35 ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time. 

1.36 Excess Amount. See Section 4.2(e) of this Plan. 

1.37 Excess Deferrals shall mean the amount by which the sum of the following amounts for the Plan Year exceeds the applicable
limitation under Code § 402(g) for that Plan Year: 
 (a) any Elective Deferrals under this Plan and any employer
contribution made under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as defined in Code § 401(k) to the extent not includible in gross income for the taxable year under Code § 402(e)(3) or to the extent includible in gross income
for the taxable year under Code § 402A (determined without regard to Code § 402(g)), 
 (b) any employer
contribution to the extent not includible in gross income for the taxable year under Code § 402(h)(1)(B) (determined without regard to Code § 402(g)), 

  
 7 

 (c) any employer contribution to purchase an annuity contract under Code
§ 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement within the meaning of Code § 3121(a)(5)(D), 
 (d) any
elective contributions under Code § 408(p)(2)(A)(i). 
 1.38 Forfeitable Account shall mean a Participant’s Matching
Elective Contributions Account, Company Basic Contributions Account, Prior Lepage Employer Match Account (see Section 6.1(l) and Appendix XIII, Section 13.2(b)), and Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Account (see Section 6.1(m) and Appendix
XIII, Section 13.2(c)). 
 1.39 Highest Average Compensation. See Section 4.2(f) of this Plan. 

1.40 Highly Compensated Employee shall mean the following: 

(a) An individual shall be a Highly Compensated Employee, with respect to a Plan Year, if the individual is described under
either or both subsection (b) or subsection (c) below. 
 (b) An individual is described under this subsection
(b) if the individual is performing services during the determination period for the Controlled Group and: (1) the individual received compensation from the Controlled Group during the look-back year in excess of $80,000 and was a member
of the top-paid group for such look-back year; or (2) the individual was a 5-percent owner at any time during either or both the look-back year or the determination period. 

(c) An individual is described under this subsection (c) if the individual was, at one time, an Employee of the Controlled
Group and the individual separated from service (or was deemed to have separated from service pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.414(q)-1T(Q&A-5)) from the Controlled Group prior to the determination period, such individual performs no service for
the Controlled Group during the determination period, and such individual is a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Code § 414(q)) for either the determination period during which the individual separated from service with the
Controlled Group or any determination period ending on or after the individual’s 55th birthday. 
 (d) For purposes of
this Section, the applicable dollar amounts specified in clause (1) of subsection (b) shall be the applicable dollar amount prescribed in Code §§414(q)(1)(B) and shall be adjusted pursuant to the last sentence of Code
§414(q)(1). 
 (e) For purposes of this Section the term “determination period” shall mean the respective Plan
Year specified in subsection (a) above, and the term “look-back year” shall mean the 12-month period immediately preceding the determination period. 

  
 8 

 (f) In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the following
definitions shall apply: 
 (i) Top-paid group shall mean the top 20% of Employees of the Controlled Group ranked on
the basis of compensation received during the determination period or look-back year, as applicable. For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the top-paid group, Employees described in Treas. Reg. §1.414(q)-1T(Q&A-9)(b) are
excluded. 
 (ii) 5-percent owner shall mean a 5-percent owner determined pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.416-1(T-17)
and (T-18). If an individual is a 5-percent owner at any time during a determination period or look-back year, the individual shall be considered a 5-percent owner for such period or year. 

(iii) Compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 4.2(b) herein, except that compensation shall
include any amount which is contributed by the Controlled Group pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code §§125, 402(a)(8) or 403(b). 

(g) The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of the
Employees in the top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the number of individuals treated as officers and the compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Code §414(q) and the regulations thereunder. 

1.41 Highly Compensated Participant shall mean a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee. 

1.42 Hours of Service shall mean those hours calculated in accordance with the following provisions: 

(a) An Employee shall receive credit for an Hour of Service for each hour for which he is paid or entitled to payment by the
Employer for the performance of duties. 
 (b) An Employee shall also receive credit for an Hour of Service for each hour for
which he is paid or entitled to payment by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty or military duty; provided, however, that: 
 (i) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be
credited because of this subsection (b) to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not said period occurs in a single computation period), except as provided in subsection
(d) below; 
 (ii) An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment on account of a
period during which no duties are performed shall not be credited to an Employee if said payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or
disability insurance laws; and 

  
 9 

 (iii) Hours of Service shall not be credited for a payment which reimburses an
Employee solely for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. 
 For purposes of subsection (b), a payment shall be
deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether said payment is made by or due from the Employer directly or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and
regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. 

(c) An Employee shall also receive credit for an Hour of Service for each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer provided that no Hour of Service shall be credited pursuant both to this subsection (c) and subsections (a) or (b) above. Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or
agreed to with respect to periods described in subsection (b) above shall be subject to the limitations set forth in that subsection. 

(d) In addition to the Service for which an Hour of Service must be credited pursuant to subsections (a), (b) and
(c) above, an Employee shall receive credit for an Hour of Service for: 
 (i) Each hour, whether or not said Employee
is paid therefor, during which he would otherwise perform an Hour of Service, except for the fact that he is on an approved leave of absence. If he does not return to work on or before the end of his leave, service will be deemed to have terminated
as of the beginning of his leave; and 
 (ii) Each hour for which an Employee performs no duties due to absence during any
military service so long as such hours are required to be taken into account under the Selective Service and Training Act of 1940, as amended, the Military Selective Service Act of 1967, as amended, and/or the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment
Act of 1974, as amended, or other applicable federal law. 
 (e) Each Employee for whom the Employer does not keep records of
actual Hours of Service shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week for which said Employee would be required to be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service, in accordance with this Section and applicable regulations promulgated by the
Department of Labor. 
 (f) In determining and crediting to computation periods the number of Hours of Service to be credited
to an Employee, the provisions of DOL Reg. §§2530.200b-2(b) and 2(c) are incorporated herein by reference. 
 (g)
If an Employee is absent from service with the Employer as a result of a maternity/paternity absence, then, solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee incurs a One Year Break in Service for purposes of eligibility to participate and
vesting in benefits, the Employee will be credited with up to 501 Hours of Service with respect to the period of maternity/paternity absence. Such 501 Hours of Service 

  
 10 

 
shall be credited at the rate at which the Employee would have otherwise accrued Hours of Service but for the maternity/paternity absence, provided that, if the Plan Administrator is unable to
determine the Hours of Service that would have otherwise been credited, such Hours of Service shall be credited at the rate of eight hours for each day of the maternity/paternity absence. Such 501 Hours of Service shall be credited only in the
Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period, as applicable, in which the Employee’s maternity/paternity absence commences if the Employee would have incurred a One Year Break in Service in such Eligibility Computation Period or
Vesting Computation Period, as applicable, but for the crediting of the additional Hours of Service. If such Hours of Service (not in excess of 501) are not credited to the Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period, as applicable,
in which the maternity/paternity absence commences pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, such Hours of Service shall be credited to the next Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period, as applicable, commencing after the
maternity/paternity absence commences. For purposes of this subsection, the term “maternity/paternity absence” means an absence from service with the Employer by an Employee if the absence is caused: 

(i) By reason of the pregnancy of the Employee; 

(ii) By reason of the birth of a child of the Employee; 

(iii) By reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee; or

 (iv) For purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 

(h) For purposes of this Section, employment with other members of the Controlled Group shall be considered employment with the
Employer. In addition, in the case of a Leased Employee of any member of the Controlled Group, service with such member shall be considered employment with the Employer. 

1.43 Key Employee. See Section 13.2(f) of this Plan. 

1.44 Leased Employee. 

(a) Leased Employee shall mean any person (other than a common law employee of a member of the Controlled Group) who pursuant
to an agreement between a member of the Controlled Group and any other person (“leasing organization”) has performed services for a member of the Controlled Group (or for a member of the Controlled Group and related persons determined in
accordance with Code §414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction and control of a member of the Controlled Group. Contributions or benefits provided a
Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for a member of the Controlled Group shall be treated as provided by a member of the Controlled Group. 

  
 11 

 (b) A Leased Employee shall not, however, be considered an Employee of a member
of the Controlled Group if: (i) such Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of his legal employer providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation (as defined in Code §415(c)(3),
but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code §§125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b)), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and
immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Controlled Group’s nonhighly compensated workforce. For purposes of this subsection (b), the term “nonhighly compensated workforce” means the
total number of individuals (other than Highly Compensated Employees) who are either Employees of a member of the Controlled Group or Leased Employees of a member of the Controlled Group. 

1.45 Limitation Year. See Section 4.2(g) of this Plan. 

1.46 Matching Elective Contributions shall mean Employer contributions, if any, made to this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i) of
this Plan and allocated to Participants pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(ii) of this Plan. 
 1.47 Matching Elective Contributions
Account shall mean the Account of a Participant to which are credited any Matching Elective Contributions allocated to the Participant under Section 3.1(b) of this Plan. 

1.48 Nonforfeitable Accounts shall mean a participant’s Elective Contributions Account, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account, Qualified Matching Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, and Prior Lepage Supplemental Profit Sharing Account (see Section 6.1(n) and Appendix XIII, Section 13.2(d)). 

1.49 Maximum Permissible Amount. See Section 4.2(h) of this Plan. 

1.50 Normal Retirement Age shall mean age 65. 

1.51 Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date the Participant
attains his Normal Retirement Age. 
 1.52 One-Year Break in Service (or Break in Service) shall mean a 12-consecutive-month
period (the Eligibility Computation Period or the Vesting Computation Period, whichever the context requires) during which the Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. 

1.53 One-Year Period of Severance shall mean a 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an Employee’s Severance from Service Date
during which the Employee does not perform an Hour of Service for the Employer. 
 1.54 Participant shall mean an Eligible Employee
who has met the requirements of Article II for participation in this Plan and who is potentially eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or whose Beneficiaries are potentially eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this
Plan, or a former Employee who retains any Account balance in this Plan. An Eligible Employee who has not completed the eligibility service requirement of Section 2.1(b) shall be treated as a Participant solely with respect to any Rollover
Contributions he made. 

  
 12 

 1.55 Period of Service shall mean a period of service commencing on an Employee’s
Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee’s next Severance from Service Date. 

1.56 Period of Severance shall mean the period of time commencing on an Employee’s Severance from Service Date and ending on the
date on which the Employee again performs an Hour of Service (as defined in subsection (a) of Section 1.42) for any member of the Controlled Group. 

1.57 Permissive Aggregation Group. See Section 13.2(b) of this Plan. 

1.58 Plan shall mean the Flowers Foods, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, and all amendments to such plan made from time to time.
This Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan within the meaning of Code §401(a) and Treas. Reg. §1.401-1 under which contributions shall be made without regard to current or accumulated profits as permitted by Code
§401(a)(27)(A). With respect to periods of time prior to April 1, 2001, “Plan” shall mean the Flowers Industries, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. 

1.59 Plan Administrator shall mean the person or persons appointed by the President of the Company to administer the Plan pursuant to
Article X herein. If no such appointment is made, the Company shall be the Plan Administrator. 
 1.60 Plan Year shall mean the 12
consecutive month period for keeping the books and records of the Plan, which shall be the calendar year. 
 1.61 Present Value.
See Section 13.2(e) of this Plan. 
 1.62 Qualified Matching Contributions shall mean Employer contributions, if any,
made to this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i) of this Plan and allocated to a certain group of Eligible Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(ii) of this Plan. 

1.63 Qualified Matching Contributions Account shall mean the Account of a Participant to which are credited any Qualified Matching
Contributions allocated to the Participant each Plan Year under Section 3.1(c) of this Plan. 
 1.64 Qualified Nonelective
Contributions shall mean Employer contributions, if any, made to this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(i) of this Plan and allocated to a certain group of Eligible Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(ii) of this Plan. 

1.65 Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account shall mean the Account of a Participant to which are credited any Qualified
Nonelective Contributions allocated to the Participant in a given Plan Year under Section 3.1(d) of this Plan. 

  
 13 

 1.66 Qualified Spousal Waiver shall mean a Participant’s written election, delivered
to the Plan Administrator, signed by the Participant’s Spouse, and witnessed by a notary public or an authorized Plan representative, which consents to the payment of all or a specified part of the Participant’s benefit to a named
Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse. Such election may not be changed without Spousal consent (unless the consent expressly permits designations by the Participant without further consent of the Spouse). A Participant (but not the
Participant’s Spouse) may, however, revoke a Qualified Spousal Waiver at any time prior to his Benefit Commencement Date by way of a written signed statement to the Plan Administrator and a Qualified Spousal Waiver shall not be effective at any
time following delivery of such a revocation to the Plan Administrator provided that such revocation is received by the Plan Administrator prior to the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. If a Participant revokes a Qualified Spousal
Waiver, the Participant’s benefits shall be payable under the terms and provisions of this Plan as if no Qualified Spousal Waiver had ever been in existence. 

1.67 Reemployment Commencement Date shall mean the first date following a Period of Severance on which an Employee again performs an
Hour of Service (as defined in subsection (a) of Section 1.42) for any member of the Controlled Group. 
 1.68 Required
Aggregation Group. See Section 13.2(c) of this Plan. 
 1.69 Required Beginning Date. See Section 8.13(a)
of this Plan. 
 1.70 Rollover Contributions shall mean contributions, if any, made by an Eligible Employee to the Plan which qualify
as an “eligible rollover distribution” within the meaning of Code § 402(c)(4) or Code § 402(c)(9), a rollover amount described in Code § 403(a)(4), a rollover amount described in Code § 403(b)(8), a “rollover
contribution” within the meaning of Code § 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) (or a “partial rollover” within the meaning of Code § 408(d)(3)(D) and meeting the requirements therein), or a rollover amount described in Code § 457(e)(16).

 1.71 Rollover Contributions Account shall mean the Account of a Participant to which are credited the Rollover Contributions made
by the Participant in a given Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Plan. 
 1.72 Self-Employed Individual shall mean an
individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established; also an individual who would have Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business has no net profits for the taxable year.

 1.73 Severance from Service Date shall mean the earlier to occur of: 

(a) the date on which an Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies, or 

(b) the first anniversary of the first day of a period of absence from service in the case of an Employee: 

(i) who remains absent from service (with or without pay) with all members of the Controlled Group for any reason other
than quitting, retirement, discharge or death (e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence or layoff), and 

  
 14 

 (ii) who later returns to work as a Employee. 

The Severance from Service Date of an Employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first day of absence from work for maternity or
paternity reasons is the second anniversary of the first day of such absence, and in such a case the period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of absence from work is neither a Period of Service nor a Period of Severance.
For purposes of this Section, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence: 
 (i) by reason of
the pregnancy of the Employee, 
 (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the Employee, 

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or

 (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 

1.74 Spouse shall mean the legally recognized spouse of a Participant determined as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement
Date, or, if earlier, determined as of the Participant’s date of death. For purposes of this Plan, the term “legally recognized spouse” shall mean the person to whom the Participant is married; and whether a person is married shall be
determined under the law of the jurisdiction in which the marriage was celebrated, contracted, or otherwise entered into. 
 1.75
Surviving Spouse shall mean the surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant. To the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order, an alternate payee under such order shall be treated as the Surviving Spouse of a deceased
Participant. See Section 12.6 herein. 
 1.76 Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 13.2(g) of this Plan. 

1.77 Top-Heavy Ratio. See Section 13.2(a) of this Plan. 

1.78 Trust shall mean the trust accompanying the Plan hereby created. 

1.79 Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Trustee and the Company creating the Trust accompanying the Plan. 

1.80 Trust Fund shall mean the assets of the Trust held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement and the Plan.

 1.81 Trustee shall mean the entity, person or persons who have entered into the Trust Agreement with the Company to act as
trustee(s) of the assets of the Plan. 
 1.82 Valuation Date shall mean each day of the Plan Year on which the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business, as of which dates the Trustee shall value the Plan assets held in the Trust and the Account balances of Participants. 

  
 15 

 1.83 Vesting Computation Period shall mean, for purposes of determining Years of Vesting
Service and One-Year Breaks in Service for vesting, the 12 consecutive month period coincident with the Plan Year. 
 1.84 Year of
Vesting Service. 
 (a) In General. A Year of Vesting Service shall mean a Vesting Computation Period during which
an Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, periods of service with Kotarides Baking Co. of Va. shall be taken into account for purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service. 

(b) Other Controlled Group Service. For purposes of this Section, employment with other members of the Controlled Group
shall be considered employment with the Employer. In addition, in the case of a Leased Employee of any employing person or entity described in the preceding sentence, employment with such employer shall be considered employment with the Employer.

 (c) Service with Predecessor Employer. For purposes of this Section, in any case in which the Employer maintains a
plan of a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer in accordance with Code § 414(a). 

(d) Special Rules. See Article V for special rules relating to the determination of Years of Vesting Service. In
addition, the instrument by which an Employer adopts the Plan (in cases of adoptions subsequent to April 1, 1995) may contain special provisions with respect to credit for service rendered prior to the Employer’s becoming a member of the
Controlled Group. 
 (e) Special Rules for Service with F.R. Lepage Bakery, Inc. or an Affiliate of that Company.
Lepage Participants (as defined in Section 13.1 of Appendix XIII) shall be credited, as of the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 of Appendix XIII), with a number of Years of Vesting Service equal to the number
of years of service with F.R. Lepage Bakery Company, Inc. or an affiliate of that company prior to July 21, 2012, as if that prior service with F.R. Lepage Bakery Company, Inc. or an affiliate had been service with a member of the Controlled
Group (as defined in Section 1.17). 

  
 16 

 ARTICLE II 

ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION 

2.1 Initial Attainment of Participation Status. 

(a) Subject to the special rules of Sections 2.2 through 2.4 below, all Employees who are Eligible Employees shall become
Participants hereunder on the first Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in subsection (b) below, provided that such Employee is still in the service of an
Employer as an Eligible Employee on such Entry Date. 
 (b) Eligibility Requirements. An Employee must complete an
Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee receives credit for 90 days of Eligibility Service. 
 (c) Leased
Employees and Certain Independent Contractors Excluded. Leased Employees shall not be Eligible Employees and shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan while they remain Leased Employees notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary. No individual shall be eligible to participate if he is classified by a member of the Controlled Group as an independent contractor performing services for the Controlled Group and as to whom such member or members have determined in good
faith that they (i) are not required by law to, and do not pay, Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes with respect to such individual, or (ii) are required to pay taxes only by reason of Code § 3121(d)(3). 

(d) Collective Bargaining Employees Excluded. Employees shall not be Eligible Employees if they are included in a unit
of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the representative of such Employees and the Employer if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representative and the Employer. If, however, the
collective bargaining agents of any collective bargaining unit accept the Plan, the employees who are members of such unit shall become Eligible Employees for the period of any such acceptance and until it is revoked, should that occur. 

(e) Nonresident Aliens. Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of
Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)) shall not be Eligible Employees and shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan notwithstanding
any provision of this Plan to the contrary. 
 (f) Distributors and Thrift Store Operators. Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary, individuals who are distributors or thrift store operators and who have executed a written agreement with a member of the Controlled Group for the distribution or sale of goods or products (and any employees,
agents or independent contractors of such distributors or thrift store operators) shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan. 

  
 17 

 2.2 Reemployment of Former Employees. 

(a) Before a One-Year Period of Severance. Any former Employee who terminates employment with the Controlled Group prior
to becoming a Participant hereunder and who again becomes an Employee before incurring a One-Year Period of Severance shall, upon being employed by an Employer, become a Participant hereunder on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the
later of his Reemployment Commencement Date or that date which is 90 days following his original Employment Commencement Date. 

(b) After a One-Year Period of Severance. Any former Employee who terminates employment with the Controlled Group prior
to becoming a Participant hereunder and who again becomes an Employee after incurring a One-Year Period of Severance shall, upon being employed by an Employer, become a Participant hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1; provided, however,
that all Periods of Service prior to the Employee’s most recent Severance from Service Date shall be disregarded in determining his Eligibility Service for purposes of Section 2.1. 

2.3 Reemployment of Former Participants. Any former Participant who terminates employment with the Controlled Group shall, upon being
rehired by the Controlled Group as an Eligible Employee, immediately become a Participant hereunder. 
 2.4 Transfers to/from Eligible
Class. 
 (a) Exclusion After Participation. A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee, but who has not
ceased to be an Employee, shall not share in any contributions under Section 3.1 of this Plan until such Participant again becomes an Eligible Employee. However, such Participant shall be entitled to benefits in accordance with the other
provisions of this Plan and shall continue to earn Eligibility Service and Years of Vesting Service nonetheless, and amounts previously credited to the Participant’s Accounts shall continue to receive allocations of earnings and losses under
Article VII of this Plan. 
 (b) Participation After Exclusion. An Employee who has not been an Eligible Employee
but who becomes an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1. 

  
 18 

 ARTICLE III 

CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS 

3.1 Employer Contributions. Each Employer may make contributions to the Plan (all of which are hereby expressly conditioned on their
deductibility under Code §404) by making payments to the Trustee in one or more of the methods described in subsections (a) through (e) below. Said contributions shall be made in cash, or by payments of property acceptable to the
Trustee if such payments (i) are purely voluntary, (ii) do not relieve the Employer of an obligation to make contributions to this Plan, and (iii) do not constitute prohibited exchanges under ERISA §406(a)(1)(A)). 

(a) Elective Contributions. 

(i) Amount. For each Election Period, the Employer shall make Elective Contributions to this Plan in an amount equal to
the aggregate Elective Contributions elected by Participants pursuant to Elections consistent with the provisions of Section 3.5 of this Plan, subject to the limitation on allocations pursuant to Article IV of this Plan. 

(ii) Allocation. Elective Contributions elected by a Participant pursuant to Elections consistent with the provisions of
Section 3.5 of this Plan shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9, and Article IV of this Plan, be allocated to such Participant’s Elective Contributions Account. The Participant’s salary or wages from the
Employer shall be reduced accordingly. 
 (b) Matching Elective Contributions. 

(i) Amount. For each Election Period, the Employer shall make Matching Elective Contributions to this Plan in an amount
equal to the aggregate of the amounts to be allocated to Participants under paragraph (ii) below. 
 Allocation. Matching
Elective Contributions and any forfeitures under Sections 3.5(f), 3.8(c) and 8.5 to be reallocated for a Plan Year shall be allocated as of the date contributed or for the Plan Year in which forfeited, as appropriate, so that the amount allocated
shall equal 50% of the Elective Contribution received during the Election Period (excluding any Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions treated as Elective Contributions under Section 3.6(b)(iii) of this
Plan), subject to a maximum Matching Elective Contribution of 3.0% of Compensation (as defined in Section 1.15 of the Plan) per Participant. In the case of a Participant whose Elective Contributions under this Plan are terminated during
the course of a Plan Year at a point in time when the Employer has not yet made the maximum permissible amount of Matching Elective Contributions that would apply if the Elective Contributions were distributed evenly over the payroll periods for the
entire Plan Year (based upon applicable data with respect to an Employee’s Compensation and Elective Contributions for the entire Plan Year and the matching contribution formula in effect for the Plan Year) with respect to

  
 19 

 
that Participant, the Employer shall make a “true up matching contribution” no later than the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s federal income tax return for the
taxable year that coincides with the Plan Year equal to (A) the Matching Elective Contribution to which the Participant is entitled under the terms of the Plan for the full Plan Year (based upon data with respect to Compensation and the
Participant’s Elective Contributions for the entire Plan Year), minus (B) the amount of the Matching Elective Contributions that the Employer previously made with respect to the period of time when the Participant was making Elective
Contributions for the Plan Year. The Matching Elective Contributions provided for in this Section 3.1(b)(ii) shall in all cases be subject to the limitations of Sections 3.7, 3.8, 3.9 (except when the Plan meets the requirements to be a
“qualified automatic contribution arrangement”) and Article IV of this Plan. A Participant need not remain employed as of the last day of the Plan Year in order to receive a Matching Elective Contribution. 

(ii) Limitations Concerning Matching Elective Contributions. In addition to the other conditions and limitations set
forth in this Plan, Matching Elective Contributions which are, for a Plan Year, allocated to the Matching Elective Contributions Account of a Participant who is an Eligible Highly Compensated Employee, and which cause the Plan to fail the
Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan or the special limitation of this Plan for such Plan Year shall be corrected pursuant to Section 3.8. Furthermore, in the case of each Participant, no Matching Elective Contributions
shall be allocated to a Participant’s Matching Elective Contributions Account which would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the limitations of Article IV of this Plan. 

(c) Qualified Matching Contributions. 

(i) Amount. For each Plan Year, the Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions to this Plan in an amount which
shall be determined solely in the discretion of the Company, and which shall be used to satisfy the Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Plan and/or the Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan. 

(ii) Allocation. Qualified Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated as of the date contributed to the
Qualified Matching Contributions Account of each Allocation Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Participant in proportion to the ratio which his or her Elective Contributions for such Plan Year bears to the total of all such contributions of
all such Allocation Participants for such Plan Year, subject to the limitations of Sections 3.7 and Article IV of this Plan. 

(d) Qualified Nonelective Contributions. 

(i) Amount. For each Plan Year, the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to this Plan in an amount
which shall be determined solely in the discretion of the Company, and which shall be used to satisfy the Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Plan and/or the Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan. 

  
 20 

 (ii) Allocation. Qualified Nonelective Contributions for a Plan Year shall
be allocated as of the last day of such Plan Year to the Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account of each Allocation Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Participant in proportion to the ratio which his or her Compensation during the Plan
Year bears to the total Compensation during such period of all such Participants subject to the limitations of Article IV of this Plan. 

(e) Company Basic Contributions. 

(i) Amount. The Employer shall make Company Basic Contributions equal to 3% of each Participant’s Compensation (as
defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan, but excluding any awards pertaining to stock appreciation rights). In the case of a Participant who was entitled to receive a Company Basic Contribution at a rate greater than 3% of the
Participant’s Compensation under the terms of Section 3.1(e) of the Plan, as that section was amended and in effect on January 1, 2006, such a Participant shall receive a Company Basic Contribution with respect to the 2008 Plan Year
equal to (A) that percentage specified in Section 3.1(e) of the Plan, as that section was amended and in effect on January 1, 2006, of such Participant’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan, but
excluding any awards pertaining to stock appreciation rights) paid during the period January 1, 2008 through May 31, 2008, plus (B) 3% of such Participant’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan, but
excluding any awards pertaining to stock appreciation rights) paid during the period June 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. 

(ii) Allocation. The contributions described in paragraph (i) of this subsection (e) shall be allocated to
Participants’ Accounts, so that each such Account shall receive an allocation equal to the percentage of that Participant’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of the Plan, but excluding any awards pertaining to stock
appreciation rights) specified in paragraph (i). 
 (f) Special Tasty Baking Contributions. For each payroll period beginning within
a Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute in cash on behalf of each Participant who is an Employee of Tasty Baking Company and who was a participant in the Tasty Baking Company 401(k) and Company Funded Retirement Plan (“Tasty Baking 401(k)
Plan”) as of December 31, 2011 (“Tasty Baking Participant”) an amount equal to the Tasty Baking Participant’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of the Plan, but excluding any amounts pertaining to stock
appreciation rights) during the payroll periods multiplied by a percentage equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the percentage of compensation that was being contributed to the account of the Tasty Baking Participant under the non-elective
employer contribution feature (sometimes referred to as the “Funded Employee Retirement Contributions” feature) of the Tasty Baking 401(k) Plan as of December 15, 2011 over (B) 6%. 

  
 21 

 In no event shall the aggregate contributions made by the Employer under this Section exceed the amount
deductible under Code §404. All allocations to be made under this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Section 13.1(a) of this Plan, if applicable. 

3.2 Employee Contributions — Rollover Contributions. Each Participant, each Eligible Employee (without regard to whether such
Eligible Employee is a Participant under this Plan) and each Employee who would be an Eligible Employee but for the fact that he or she has not yet received credit for 90 days of Eligibility Service, may, subject to the consent of the Plan
Administrator based on satisfying the requirements of this subsection, make one or more Rollover Contributions which shall be allocated to the Rollover Contribution Account if the Rollover Contribution is: 

(a) all or any portion of a distribution which is an “eligible rollover distribution” within the meaning of Code
§402(c)(4); 
 (b) an amount received by an Employee that is described in Code § 402(c)(9), that is attributable to
the Spouse of the Employee and that is received by the Employee after the Spouse’s death; 
 (c) a distribution which is
a “rollover contribution” within the meaning of Code §408(d)(3)(A)(ii) (or a “partial rollover” within the meaning of Code §408(d)(3)(D) and meeting the requirements therein); 

(d) all or any portion of a distribution which is a rollover amount described in Code §403(a)(4); 

(e) all or any portion of a distribution which is a rollover amount described in Code § 403(b)(8); 

(f) all or any portion of a distribution which is a rollover amount described in Code § 457(e)(16); or 

(g) in cash only, except that those Participants who direct a rollover from the Flowers Industries, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan may rollover Company stock received from that plan. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall not accept as a Rollover
Contribution any amounts distributed from a designated Roth account (as defined in Code § 402A) or from a Roth IRA (as defined in Code § 408A). 

The Plan Administrator shall have the right to reject any Rollover Contribution which it determines in its sole judgment does not qualify under
the above-referenced provisions. Any Rollover Contributions accepted by the Plan Administrator shall be promptly remitted to the Trustee to be held in a Rollover Contribution Account for the Employee’s sole benefit, and shall be nonforfeitable
at all times, but otherwise subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to, restrictions upon availability. 

  
 22 

 3.3 Time of Payment of Contributions. Employer contributions made under Section 3.1
of this Plan shall be made for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the Employer’s federal income tax return for the Employer’s taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year and
shall actually be paid to the Trustee no later than the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate. Elective Contributions and Rollover Contributions under Section 3.2 of this Plan shall be remitted
to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such amounts can reasonably be segregated from the Employer’s general assets, but in any event not later than the 15th business day after the end of the calendar month in which such Contributions
are withheld or would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. 
 3.4 Return of Contributions. All contributions made to the
Trustee shall be irrevocable except as follows: 
 (a) Mistake of Fact. If an Employer contribution is made by an
Employer under a mistake of fact, the amount of such contribution described in subsection (d) below shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of said contribution. 

(b) Deductibility Condition. All contributions of the Employer made to this Plan are hereby expressly conditioned on
their deductibility under Code §404; if an Employer contribution is disallowed as a deduction under Code §404, the amount of the contribution described in subsection (d) below shall be returned to the Employer within one year after
the disallowance of the deduction. 
 (c) Initial Qualification. All contributions made to this Plan prior to the
receipt of an initial determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the Plan is qualified under Code §401(a) are hereby expressly conditioned on the initial qualification of the Plan under Code §401, and if a timely application for
a determination has been made to the Internal Revenue Service by the Employer, but is denied, then said contribution shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date of said denial of qualification of the Plan. 

(d) Amount Returned. For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) above, the amount which may be returned to the
Employer is the excess of (i) the amount contributed over (ii) the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Earnings attributable to such amount will not be
returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto will reduce the amount so returned. Furthermore, if the return of an amount attributable to a mistaken contribution would cause the accrued benefit of any Participant to be reduced to less
than it would have been had the mistaken amount not been contributed, then the amount to be returned to the Employer will be limited so as to avoid such reduction. 

  
 23 

 3.5 Provisions Regarding Elective Contributions. 

(a) Elective Contribution Elections. Each Eligible Employee may make an Election by which the Eligible Employee shall
state the percentage (in whole percentages) of his Compensation which shall constitute his Elective Contribution applicable to each paycheck received within said Election Period. Said amount shall be contributed to his Elective Contribution Account
by the Employer rather than paid to the Eligible Employee as taxable cash compensation. The minimum Elective Contribution percentage shall be 1%. The maximum amount of an Elective Contribution for an Election Period shall be 100% of the Available
Compensation for the Election Period. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Available Compensation” shall mean the amount of the Participant’s Compensation for the Election Period, reduced by the amount of all payroll deductions
voluntarily elected by the Participant, or legally required to be withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, including without limitation employee contributions for health benefit plans and other welfare benefit plans, charitable
contributions, amounts withheld pursuant to garnishments or withholding orders, parking fees, repayments of loans under this Plan pursuant to Section 8.11, and federal, state, local and foreign taxes or insurance contributions. Any Participant
who was a Highly Compensated Employee on the last day of the prior Plan Year and is a Highly Compensated Employee during the current Plan Year shall not be permitted to make Elective Contributions for a given Plan Year in excess of an amount
determined by the Plan Administrator and communicated to said Employees. If an Eligible Employee has an Elective Contribution election in effect for an Election Period, such election automatically shall apply for the next succeeding Election Periods
unless the Eligible Employee modifies or revokes the election in accordance with this Section. The Employer shall contribute to the Elective Contribution Account of each Eligible Employee the amount specified in an Eligible Employee’s Elective
Contribution election for so long as such election is in effect. 
 (b) Effective Time of Initial Elections or
Modification of Elective Contribution Elections. An Eligible Employee may make an initial Election or a modification to an existing Election which establishes the percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be deferred as an
Elective Contribution. Any such initial Election or modification to an existing Election will become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after said Election is made. 

(c) Revocation of Elective Contribution Election. An election to revoke Elective Contributions may be made at any time,
and shall be effective as soon as practicable after receipt of said election by the Plan Administrator. An Eligible Employee who revokes his Elective Contribution election may file a new Elective Contribution election to be effective prior to the
first Election Period beginning after the date the Eligible Employee revoked his Elective Contribution election. 
 (d)
Procedure for Making Elections. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to adopt and revise procedures to be followed in making Elective Contribution elections. Such procedures may include, but are not limited to, the format of
the Election Forms, if any, the ability of Participants to make elections orally or telephonically, the deadline for making Elective Contribution elections and for requesting a modification or revocation of an Elective Contribution election, and the
procedures for approval of Elective Contribution elections; provided, however, that no election may be made to defer as an Elective Contribution any amount of Compensation that has already 

  
 24 

 
been paid to an Eligible Employee. Any procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator which have been set forth in writing and communicated to Eligible Employees that are inconsistent with the
deadlines specified in this Section shall supersede such provisions of this Section without the necessity of a Plan amendment, and shall be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. 

(e) Elective Contribution Limitations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, an Eligible Employee
shall not be allowed to elect to make, and may not make, Elective Contributions which, in the aggregate during a calendar year, exceed the maximum amount specified in Code §402(g)(1), as adjusted pursuant to Code §§402(g)(4) and (5),
applicable to such calendar year. 
 (f) Return of Elective Deferrals; Correcting Distributions. To the extent that an
Eligible Employee elects during a calendar year to make Elective Deferrals under a combination of this Plan and some other plan, arrangement or annuity in excess of the maximum amount specified in Code § 402(g)(l), as adjusted pursuant to Code
§ 402(g)(4) and (5), applicable to such calendar year, the Plan Administrator, on his own initiative or upon written request of the Eligible Employee received by March 1 of the following calendar year, shall direct the Trustee to
distribute, on or after January 1 of such following calendar year, but in no event later than April 15 of such following calendar year, to such Eligible Employee the portion of such Eligible Employee’s Elective Contributions made
during the calendar year which the Plan Administrator determines should be considered an Excess Deferral or which the Eligible Employee has designated as an Excess Deferral in such written request plus the amount of allocable gain (and minus the
amount of allocable loss) for the taxable year of the individual and, for the taxable year 2007 only, plus the amount of allocable gain (and minus the amount of allocable loss) for the period after the close of the taxable year and prior to the
distribution (the “gap period”). Simultaneously therewith, the Matching Elective Contributions attributable to such portion of the Eligible Employee’s Elective Contributions made during the calendar year shall be forfeited and held in
a suspense account to be used to reduce the amount of future Matching Elective Contributions. 
 (g) Coordination with
other Provisions. Any Elective Contributions designated as an Excess Deferral under subsection (f) above which are returned to the Participant pursuant to subsection (f) shall nonetheless be included as Elective Contributions for
purposes of the Deferral Percentage Test specified in Section 3.6 of this Plan unless such Participant is not a Highly Compensated Participant, and may be distributed without regard to any notice or consent otherwise required by the terms of
this Plan. The portion of a Participant’s Elective Contributions made during a calendar year which has been designated as an Excess Deferral and which is to be distributed under subsection (f) above shall be reduced by any excess
contributions (as determined under Section 3.8(c) of this Plan) previously distributed under Section 3.8(a) of this Plan with respect to such Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. 

(h) Other Limitations Concerning Elective Contributions. In addition to the other conditions and limitations set forth
in this Plan, Elective Contributions which may, for a Plan Year, be allocated to a Participant’s Account shall not be permitted, in the case 

  
 25 

 
of each Highly Compensated Participant, if they would cause the Plan to fail the Deferral Percentage Test specified in Section 3.6 of this Plan for such Plan Year, and, in the case of each
Participant, if they would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the limitations of Article IV of this Plan for such Plan Year. 

(i) Catch-Up Contributions. All Participants who are eligible to make Elective Contributions under this Plan and who
have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions for said Plan Year and subsequent Plan Years in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code § 414(v). Such catch-up
contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of this Plan implementing the required limitations of Code §§ 402(g) and 415. This Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan
implementing the requirements of Code §§ 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of permitting such catch-up contributions. 

(j) (i) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, effective as of January 1, 2010, with respect to an Eligible Employee
(A) who is first credited with an Hour of Service on or after that date, or (B) who terminates employment with the Controlled Group prior to January 1, 2010 and then is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1,
2010, or (C) who is eligible to participate in this Plan as of December 31, 2009, but does not have in effect on that date an election to participate or not to participate in this Plan, such an Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have
elected to make an Elective Contribution equal to 3% of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation effective with respect to the earliest practicable payroll period beginning after the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements specified in
Sections 2.1(b), 2.2 or 2.3 of this Plan (whichever is applicable) or, if later, the earliest practicable payroll period beginning after January 1, 2010, unless during a period of no less than 30 days beginning with the date on which the
Eligible Employee receives notification of the existence of this Plan and of the automatic enrollment feature specified in this subsection (j), he or she elects not to make such contribution; provided, however, that such an Eligible Employee
may also affirmatively elect to participate, at a percentage of his Applicable Compensation which is other than 3%. Such a Participant may modify or revise the Elective Contribution election with respect to any payroll period occurring after the
applicable payroll period referred to in the preceding sentence. The elections provided for in this paragraph shall be made in a manner specified by the Plan Administrator. 

(ii) In the case of an Eligible Employee who is automatically enrolled in this Plan in accordance with paragraph (j)(i), such
an Eligible Employee shall have his or her Compensation automatically reduced initially by 3% of Compensation in order to make an automatic Elective Contribution to the Plan equal to 3% of Compensation during the Plan Year in which the individual is
automatically enrolled in the Plan. The 3% contribution rate shall apply until the Employee has been a Participant in the Plan for one full Plan Year; that is, in the case of an Eligible Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements of
the Plan as of January 1 of a Plan Year, and who is automatically enrolled in the Plan as soon as practicable after that date, the 3% contribution rate shall apply until December 31 of that Plan Year; provided, however, that in the
case of an Eligible Employee who first meets the eligibility requirements on a date other than 

  
 26 

 
January 1 of a Plan Year, the 3% contribution rate shall apply during that Plan Year and also during the next following Plan Year. The Eligible Employee shall have his or her automatic
contribution increased to 4% as of the first payroll period beginning in the next following Plan Year; to 5% of Compensation as of the first payroll period beginning in the next following Plan Year; and to 6% of Compensation as of the first payroll
period beginning in the next following Plan Year. The automatic Elective Contributions at the rate of 6% shall continue during such Plan Year and in future Plan Years, unless the Eligible Employee modifies his or her contribution election in
accordance with the next sentence. Such an Eligible Employee may modify or revise the Elective Contribution election and may choose to have a greater or lesser percentage (including 0%) of Compensation contributed to the Plan, with respect to any
payroll period occurring after the applicable payroll period referred to in this paragraph (ii). 
 The purpose of this Section 3.5(j)
is to allow the Plan to qualify as a “qualified automatic contribution arrangement” pursuant to the provisions of Code §§ 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12), effective as of January 1, 2010. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, in any Plan Year when this Plan satisfies the requirements for a qualified automatic contribution arrangement, the provisions of Sections 3.6, 3.7 and 3.8 shall not apply. 

For each Plan Year with respect to which the Plan is intended to include a “qualified automatic contribution arrangement,” the Plan
Administrator shall distribute to each Eligible Employee who is subject to the automatic contribution provisions described above, at least 30 days and no more than 90 days in advance of the first day of the Plan Year, a notice that satisfies the
requirements of Treasury Regulations § 1.401(k)-3(d) and (k). 
 3.6 Limitation of Elective Deferrals. 

(a) Deferral Percentage Test. The Deferral Percentage Test shall be satisfied for any Plan Year if the Average Actual
Deferral Percentage for the Eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year does not exceed the greater of (i) or (ii) as follows: 

(i) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees times 1.25; or 
 (ii) The lesser of: 

(A) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees times 2; or 
 (B) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who
are not Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points. 

  
 27 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for 2002 and later Plan Years, the Deferral Percentage
Test shall be satisfied for any Plan Year if the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the Eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year does not exceed the greater of (i) or (ii) as follows: 

(i) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees times 1.25; or 
 (ii) The lesser of: 

(A) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees times 2; or 
 (B) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who
are not Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points. 
 (b) Definitions. 

(i) Average Actual Deferral Percentage. For purposes of this Section, the term “Average Actual Deferral
Percentage” of a group of Eligible Employees shall, for a Plan Year, mean the numeric average of the Actual Deferral Percentages calculated separately for each Eligible Employee in the group. 

(ii) Actual Deferral Percentage. The Actual Deferral Percentage of an Eligible Employee shall be obtained by dividing
the amount of ADP Contributions credited to the Account of such Eligible Employee during such Plan Year by the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. The Actual Deferral
Percentage of an Eligible Employee who has no ADP Contributions credited to his Account during a Plan Year shall be zero for such Plan Year. 

(iii) ADP Contributions. “ADP Contributions” shall mean the sum of Elective Contributions and, to the extent
that the Plan Administrator elects (uniformly with respect to all Eligible Employees) to treat the following contributions as Elective Contributions under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(3) and this paragraph (iii), Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. Any Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions which the Plan Administrator elects to treat as Elective Contributions under the preceding sentence must not discriminate
in favor of Highly Compensated Employees within the meaning of Code §401(a)(4). 

  
 28 

 (iv) Compensation. 

(A) General Definition. Subject to subparagraphs (B) through (D) below, for purposes of this Section 3.6
Compensation for a Plan Year with respect to an Employee shall mean the Employee’s “wages” as defined in Code § 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source paid by an Employer but determined without regard to any
rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code § 3401(a)(2)) and all other payments of compensation (in the
course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code §§ 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 which are paid by the Employer to such Employee for such Plan Year.

 (B) Exclusions. Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (A) above, none of the following items shall
be included in the definition of Compensation, whether or not includable in taxable gross income: 
 (1) reimbursements or
other expense allowances; 
 (2) fringe benefits (cash and noncash); 

(3) moving expenses; 

(4) deferred compensation; 

(5) welfare benefits; 

(6) vacation payout earnings; 

(7) severance or separation pay, whether paid pursuant to a Company program or pursuant to an individual contract between the
Employer and an Employee; 
 and, additionally, solely with respect to Highly Compensated Employees: 

(8) amounts received from the exercise of any nonqualified stock options issued by an Employer; 

(9) amounts received from the sale or exchange of stock transferred pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option; and

 (10) amounts required to be reported as income pursuant to Code § 7872. 

(C) Salary Reduction Arrangements. Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraphs of this paragraph (iv), Compensation
shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under Code §§ 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b). 

  
 29 

 (D) Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of this paragraph
(iv) to the contrary Compensation of an Eligible Employee shall not include the Compensation of such Employee during a period that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee with respect to the Plan and shall be limited in the manner provided in
Section 1.15(e). 
 (c) Plan Aggregation Rules. If two or more plans which include cash or deferred arrangements
are considered as one plan for purposes of Code §§ 401(a)(4) or 410(b), such arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement for the purposes of this Section. If any Eligible Highly Compensated Employee is a
participant under two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Controlled Group, all such arrangements shall be treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage with respect to such Eligible
Highly Compensated Employee and in the event that such arrangements have different plan years, all Elective Contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash or deferred
arrangements that are not permitted to be aggregated under Treasury Regulations issued under Code § 401(k) shall be treated as separate arrangements. 

(d) Failure to Satisfy Test. If this Plan does not or may not satisfy the Deferral Percentage Test of subsection
(a) above for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall take such action permitted under Sections 3.8 and 3.9 of this Plan as the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine necessary in order to ensure that the Plan satisfies
such test for the Plan Year. 
 (e) Recordkeeping. The Plan Administrator shall, on behalf of the Employer, maintain
such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Deferral Percentage Test of subsection (a) above for each Plan Year, including the extent to which any Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions are
treated as Elective Contributions under paragraph (iii) of subsection (b) above. 
 3.7 Limitation of Employee and Employer
Matching Contributions. 
 (a) Contribution Percentage Test. The Contribution Percentage Test shall be satisfied
for any Plan Year if the Average Contribution Percentage for the Eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year does not exceed the greater of (i) or (ii) as follows: 

(i) The Average Contribution Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees times 1.25; 

  
 30 

 (ii) The lesser of: 

(A) The Average Contribution Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Eligible Highly
Compensated Employees times 2; or 
 (B) The Average Contribution Percentage for the prior Plan Year for the Eligible
Employees who are not Eligible Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for 2002
and later Plan Years, the Contribution Percentage Test shall be satisfied for any Plan Year if the Average Contribution Percentage for the Eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year does not exceed the greater of (i) or
(ii) as follows: 
 (i) The Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are
not Highly Compensated Employees times 1.25; 
 (ii) The lesser of: 

(A) The Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible Employees who are not Eligible Highly
Compensated Employees times 2; or 
 (B) The Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for the Eligible
Employees who are not Eligible Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points. 
 (b) Definitions. 

(i) Average Contribution Percentage. For purposes of this Section, the term “Average Contribution Percentage”
of a group of Employees shall, for a Plan Year, mean the numeric average of the Contribution Percentages calculated separately for each Employee in the group. 

(ii) Contribution Percentage. The Contribution Percentage of an Eligible Employee shall be obtained by dividing the
amount of ACP Contributions credited to the Account of such Employee during such Plan Year by the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. The Contribution Percentage of an
Eligible Employee who has no ACP Contributions credited to his Account during a Plan Year shall be zero for such Plan Year. 

(iii) ACP Contributions. “ACP Contributions” shall mean the sum of Qualified Matching Contributions to the
extent that such contributions are not treated as Elective Contributions under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(5) and Section 3.6(b)(iii) of this Plan, Matching Elective Contributions and, to the extent that the Plan Administrator elects
(uniformly with respect to all Eligible Employees) to treat the following contributions as “matching contributions” under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-1(b)(5) and this paragraph (iii) and such contributions are

  
 31 

 
not treated as Elective Contributions under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(5) and Section 3.6(b)(iii) of this Plan, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and any forfeitures which are
reallocated under Sections 3.5(f) or 3.8(c) as Matching Elective Contributions. Any Qualified Nonelective Contributions which the Plan Administrator elects to treat as “matching contributions” or any Qualified Matching Contributions
treated as ACP Contributions under the preceding sentence must not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees within the meaning of Code §401(a)(4) and must satisfy the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-1(b). 

(iv) Compensation. For purposes of this Section, Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in
Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan. 
 (c) Plan Aggregation. If two or more plans of the Controlled Group to which
matching contributions or employee contributions or both are made are treated as one plan for purposes of Code § 410(b), such plans shall be treated as one plan for purposes of this Section. If any Eligible Highly Compensated Employee is a
participant under two or more plans of the Controlled Group to which matching contributions or employee contributions are made, all such contributions shall be aggregated for purposes of this Section and in the event that such plans have different
plan years, all such contributions made during the Plan Year under all such plans shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, plans that are not permitted to be aggregated under Treasury Regulations issued under Code § 401(m) shall
be treated as separate plans. 
 (d) Failure to Satisfy Test. If this Plan does not or may not satisfy the
Contribution Percentage Test of subsection (a) above for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall take such action permitted under Sections 3.8 and 3.9 of this Plan as the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine necessary
in order to ensure that the Plan satisfies such test for the Plan Year. 
 (e) Recordkeeping. The Plan Administrator
shall, on behalf of the Employer, maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Contribution Percentage Test of subsection (a) above for each Plan Year, including the extent to which any Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions are treated as ACP Contributions under paragraph (iii) of subsection (b) above. 

3.8 Corrections Required by Discrimination Tests. If the Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Plan, or the Contribution
Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan are applicable to this Plan and are not satisfied for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator in its discretion, may use any combination of the methods in subsections (a), (b) and (c) below to
satisfy any one or more of these tests, except as otherwise provided below: 
 (a) In the event that excess contributions (as
such term is hereinafter defined) are made to the Trust for any Plan Year, then, prior to March 15 of the following Plan Year, such excess contributions (plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto through a date no more than seven
days before the date of distribution, determined in accordance with Section 6.2(c)(iii)) shall be distributed to the Highly Compensated 

  
 32 

 
Participants on the basis of the respective portions of the excess contributions attributable to each such Highly Compensated Participant in order of the dollar amount of Elective Contributions
made by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participants beginning with the Highly Compensated Participants with the highest dollar amount of Elective Contributions. For the purposes of this Subsection, the term “excess contributions”
shall mean, for any Plan Year, the excess of (i) the aggregate amount of Elective Contributions actually paid to the Trust on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year over (ii) the maximum amount of Elective
Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under Section 3.6 determined by hypothetically reducing Elective Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of their Actual Deferral Percentages (as defined in
Section 3.6(b)(ii)) beginning with the highest of such percentages. 
 (b) In the event that excess aggregate
contributions (as such term is hereinafter defined) are made to the Trust for any Plan Year, then, prior to March 15 of the following Plan Year, such excess aggregate contributions (plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto through a
date no more than seven days before the date of distribution, determined in accordance with Section 6.2(c)(iii)) shall be forfeited (if forfeitable) and applied to reduce the subsequent Matching Elective Contributions required under the Plan or
(if not forfeitable) shall be distributed to the Highly Compensated Participants on the basis of the respective portions of the excess aggregate contributions attributable to each such Highly Compensated Participant in order of the dollar amount of
Matching Elective Contributions made with respect to Highly Compensated Participants beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant with the highest dollar amount of Matching Elective Contributions. For the purposes of this Subsection, the term
“excess aggregate contributions” shall mean, for any Plan Year, the excess of (i) the aggregate amount of the Matching Elective Contributions actually paid to the Trust by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan
Year over (ii) the maximum amount of such Matching Elective Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under Section 3.7, determined by hypothetically reducing Matching Elective Contributions made by or on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants in order of their Contribution Percentages (as defined in Section 3.7(b)(ii)) beginning with the highest of such percentages. 

(c) Contribution. To the extent necessary to satisfy the Applicable Test for any Plan Year in which such test is not
satisfied, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to contribute to nonhighly compensated Participants, to the extent necessary, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, or both. A contribution under this
paragraph must occur on or before 12 months after the close of the Plan Year to which the contribution relates. 
 (d)
Coordination With Other Provisions. Excess contributions to be distributed under subsection (a) with respect to a Participant for a Plan Year shall be reduced by correcting distributions under Section 3.5(f) of this Plan previously
made to such Participant for the calendar year ending with or within such Plan Year. Distributions under subsections (a) above may be made without regard to any notice or consent otherwise required by the terms of this Plan. 

  
 33 

 (e) Definitions. For purposes of subsections (a), (b), and (c): 

(i) Applicable Test shall mean the Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Plan or the Contribution
Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan, whichever is applicable. 
 (ii) Applicable Contributions shall
mean: 
 (A) if the Applicable Test is the Deferral Percentage Test, “ADP Contributions” as defined in
Section 3.6(b)(iii) of this Plan, or 
 (B) (II) if the Applicable Test is the Contribution Percentage Test, “ACP
Contributions” as defined in Section 3.7(b)(iii) of this Plan. 
 3.9 Discretionary Cutbacks to Satisfy Discrimination
Tests. In addition to those powers granted the Plan Administrator elsewhere herein, the Plan Administrator shall have the power to reduce the Elective Contribution election of any Highly Compensated Participant at any time during a Plan Year if
the Plan Administrator, in his sole discretion and based on current contribution data available, determines that the Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Plan, the Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan, and/or
the special limitation of this Plan for such Plan Year may not be satisfied. Any such reductions shall be made to the extent necessary in the opinion of the Plan Administrator to satisfy the Deferral Percentage Test, the Contribution Percentage
Test, and/or the special limitation, whichever is applicable, and shall be made by reducing the Elective Contribution election of Highly Compensated Participants. 

3.10 401(k)/401(m) Testing Provision. In applying the limitations set forth in Sections 3.5(f), 3.6 and 3.7, the Plan
Administrator may, at his option, utilize such testing procedures as may be permitted under Code §§ 401(a)(4), 401(k), 401(m) or 410(b), including, without limitation, (a) aggregation of the Plan with one or more other qualified plans
of the Controlled Group, (b) inclusion of qualified matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions or elective deferrals described in, and meeting the requirements of, Treasury Regulations under Code §§ 401(k) and 401(m)
to any other qualified plan of the Controlled Group in applying the limitations set forth in Sections 3.5(f), 3.6 and 3.7, (c) effective January 1, 1999, exclusion of all Eligible Employees (other than Eligible Highly Compensated
Employees) who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of Code § 410(a)(1)(A) in applying the limitations set forth in Sections 3.6 and 3.7, or (d) any permissible combination thereof. 

Qualified nonelective contributions shall be taken into account for a Plan Year for an Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee only to the
extent that such contributions are less than or equal to the product of that Eligible Employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan) and the greater of 5% or two times the Plan’s representative contribution
rate. Any qualified nonelective contributions taken into account for purposes of the Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.7 of this Plan may not be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the Deferral Percentage Test under
Section 3.6 of this Plan (including the determination of the representative contribution rate). For purposes of this Section 3.10, the 

  
 34 

 
Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee among the group of Eligible
Employees that consists of half of all of the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate of any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee in
the group of all of the Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year). For purposes of this Section 3.10, the “applicable contribution
rate” for an Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee is the sum of the qualified matching contributions taken into account for the Eligible Employee for the Plan Year and the qualified nonelective contributions made for the
Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year divided by the Eligible Employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of this Plan) for the same period of time. 

  
 35 

 ARTICLE IV 

LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS 

4.1 General Rules. 

(a) Limitation. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for any
Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s accounts under any other defined contribution plans (as defined in Code §414(i)), individual medical accounts (as
defined in Code §415(l)(2)) and welfare benefit funds (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the Employer for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans,
individual medical accounts and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer, if any, are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated under this Plan to the
Participant’s Accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated to this Plan will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans,
accounts and funds for the Limitation Year (including this Plan) will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans, individual medical accounts and welfare
benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for the Limitation Year. 

(b) Use of Estimated Compensation. Prior to determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation
Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

(c) Allocation of Excess Amounts Among Plans, Funds and Accounts. If, pursuant to subsection (b) above or as a
result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Deferrals a Participant may make, or such other facts and circumstances as may be allowed by the Internal Revenue Service, a Participant’s Annual
Additions under this Plan and such other plans, accounts and funds (if any) would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that the Annual Additions
attributable to a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account will be deemed to have been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date. If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which
coincides with an allocation date of another qualified defined contribution plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of: 

(i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, multiplied by 

  
 36 

 (ii) the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for
the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all other qualified defined contribution plans. 

(d) Disposition of Excess Amounts. If the amount to be allocated to a Participant’s Account exceeds the Maximum
Permissible Amount, the Excess Amount will be handled in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System, as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50, or subsequent applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service. 

4.2 Applicable Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

(a) Annual Additions shall mean the sum of the following amounts allocated to a Participant’s accounts for any
Limitation Year: 
 (i) contributions made by the Employer; 

(ii) contributions made by the Participant; 

(iii) forfeitures; 

(iv) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or
annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and 
 (v) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable
to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to a separate account of a “key employee,” as defined in Code §419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code §419(e), maintained by the Employer. 

For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under subsection (d) of Section 4.1 above in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer
contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year; however, any nonvested amount restored to a Participant’s Accounts following his reemployment shall not be deemed an Annual Addition, and any corrective allocation
pursuant to Section 12.11 will be considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year to which it relates. For limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2001 for purposes of applying the limitations described in section 4.1 of
the plan, compensation paid or made available during such limitation years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of § 132(f)(4). This amendment shall also apply to the
definition of compensation for purposes of sections 1.15, 1.40(f)(iii), 1.44(b), 3.6(b)(iv), 3.7(b)(iv), 13.1(a)(ii) and 13.2(f) of the plan for plan years beginning on and after January 1, 2001. Contributions do not fail to be Annual Additions
merely because such contributions are excess deferrals (as defined in Code §402(g)(2)(A)), excess contributions (as defined in 

  
 37 

 
Code §401(k)(8)(B)) or excess aggregate contributions (as defined in Code §401(m)(6)(B)), or merely because such excess deferrals and excess contributions are corrected through
distribution or recharacterization, except that excess deferrals which are timely corrected by distribution shall not be treated as Annual Additions. Excess aggregate contributions attributable to amounts other than employee contributions, including
forfeited matching contributions, shall be counted as Annual Additions even if distributed. For purposes of this subsection (a), the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.415-6(b) shall govern. 

(b) Compensation. 

(i) General Definition. For purposes of this Article, Compensation shall mean the Employee’s “wages” as
defined in Code § 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source paid by an Employer but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the
services performed and all other payments of compensation (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code §§ 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052
which are paid by the Employer to such Employee for such Plan Year. 
 (ii) Salary Reduction Arrangements.
Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraph, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code §§
125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b). 
 (iii) Timing of Inclusion. For purposes of applying the limitations of
this Article, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid, made available or includible in gross income during such year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for a Participant in a defined contribution plan
who is “permanently and totally disabled” (as defined in Code § 22(e)(3) is the compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately
before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such Participant are
nonforfeitable when made. In interpreting this subsection (b), the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.415-2(d)(1), (2) and (3) or the corresponding provisions of any future Treasury Regulations shall control. 

For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the term “Compensation” shall only include such amounts that are
paid or made available prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer and any such amounts that are paid or made available to the Participant by the later of
(i) 2- 1⁄2 months after the date of the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that
includes the date of the Participant’s severance from employment 

  
 38 

 
with the Employer, provided that, absent a severance from employment, such payments would have been paid to the Participant while the Participant continued in employment with the Employer and are
regular compensation for services performed during the Participant’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential pay), commissions, bonuses or
other similar compensation. 
 Effective as of January 1, 2009, Compensation for purposes of applying Code § 415 shall include
“differential wage payments,” as defined in Code § 3401(h)(2). 
 (c) Defined Contribution Dollar
Limitation shall mean $40,000, as that amount may be adjusted upward for increases in the cost of living, in accordance with applicable law. 

(d) Employer shall mean, solely for purposes of this Article, the Employer and all members of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in Code §414(b) as modified by Code §415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code §414(c) as modified by Code §415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code
§414(m)) of which the Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code §414(o). 

(e) Excess Amount shall mean the excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the
Maximum Permissible Amount. 
 (f) Highest Average Compensation shall mean the average compensation for the three
consecutive calendar years with the Employer that produces the highest average. In lieu of calendar years, a plan may use any 12 month period provided such period is uniformly and consistently applied. 

(g) Limitation Year shall mean the Plan Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive-month
period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made, and the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(b)(4)(iii) shall apply for the shortened Limitation Year. 

(h) Maximum Permissible Amount shall mean the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
Participant’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year. The Maximum Permissible Amount shall be the lesser of: 

(i) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or 

(ii) 100% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

  
 39 

 The compensation limitation referred to in paragraph (ii) above shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code §401(h) or Code §419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code §§415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2). If a short Limitation Year is created because of an
amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive-month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar limitation multiplied by the following fraction: 

number of months in the short Limitation Year 

12. 

  
 40 

 ARTICLE V 

VESTING IN ACCOUNTS 
 5.1
Vesting of Nonforfeitable Accounts. All amounts allocated to a Participant’s Nonforfeitable Accounts shall at all times be and remain 100% vested and nonforfeitable, except as provided in Section 12.9. 

5.2 Vesting of Forfeitable Account. All amounts allocated to a Participant’s Forfeitable Accounts shall vest in accordance with
the following rules, except as provided in Section 12.9: 
 (a) Full Vesting Events. A Participant’s
Forfeitable Account shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable as of the earliest of the following dates: 
 (i) The date on
which the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age while still employed by the Employer; 
 (ii) The date the
Participant dies while still employed by the Employer; 
 (iii) The date the Participant becomes Disabled while still
employed by the Employer; or 
 (iv) The date of the termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company or
another member of the Controlled Group if that termination of employment is as a consequence of the asset sale covered by a certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“Schwan Asset Agreement”) by and among The Schwan Food Company, Flowers Foods,
Inc. and Mrs. Smith’s Bakeries, LLC, dated January 29, 2003; provided, however, that this paragraph (iv) shall not apply to any Participant who voluntarily resigns from employment with the Company or another member of the
Controlled Group; provided, further, that this paragraph (iv) shall not apply to any Participant whose employment terminates prior to the “Closing Date” (as that term is defined in the Schwan Asset Agreement); provided, further, that
this paragraph (iv) shall not apply to a Participant who transfers to the employ of the Company or another member of the Controlled Group in connection with the asset sale covered by the Schwan Asset Agreement. 

(b) Vesting Schedule. 

(i) Regular Schedule—Company Basic Contributions: 

(A) An Employee whose Company Basic Contributions Account is not 100% vested under the provisions of subsection (a) above
and whose participation in the Plan terminates prior to January 1, 2007 shall be vested in such Account in accordance with the following schedule: 
  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the
Participant in such Account	 
	 Less than 5 Years
	  	 	0	% 
	 5 or more Years
	  	 	100	% 

  
 41 

 (B) An Employee whose Company Basic Contributions Account is not 100% vested
under the provisions of subsection (a) above, and who is a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 2007, but who is not a Participant with an undistributed Account balance under the Plan on or after January 1, 2010, shall be
vested in such Account in accordance with the following schedule: 
  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the
Participant in such Account	 
	 Less than 3 Years
	  	 	0	% 
	 3 or more Years
	  	 	100	% 

 (C) An Employee whose Company Basic Contributions Account is not 100% vested under the
provisions of subsection (a) above, and who is a Participant with an undistributed Account balance under the Plan on or after January 1, 2010, shall be vested in such Account in accordance with the following schedule: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the
Participant in such Account	 
	 Less than 2 Years
	  	 	0	% 
	 2 or more Years
	  	 	100	% 

  
 42 

 (ii) Regular Schedule—Matching Elective Contributions. 

(A) An Employee whose Matching Elective Contributions Account is not 100% vested under the provisions of subsection
(a) above and who is not credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2002, shall be vested in such Account in accordance with the following schedule: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the
Participant in such Account	 
	 Less than 5 Years
	  	 	0	% 
	 5 or more Years
	  	 	100	% 

 (B) An Employee whose Matching Elective Contributions Account is not 100% vested under the
provisions of subsection (a) above, and who is credited with one or more Hours of Service on or after January 1, 2002 shall be vested in such Account in accordance with the following schedule: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the
Participant in such Account	 
	 Less than 3 Years
	  	 	0	% 
	 3 or more Years
	  	 	100	% 

 Notwithstanding any other provision herein, in the case of any Participant who was credited
with one or more Hours of Service with Tasty Baking Company or Tasty Baking Oxford, Inc. on or prior to December 31, 2011, the Matching Elective Contributions Account shall be 100% vested at all times. 

(iii) Alternate Schedule: 

Pursuant to Section 11.6(a), any Employer may elect a different vesting schedule with respect to the Forfeiture Accounts
of Participants employed by it, which vesting schedule shall be designated in Exhibit B hereto and may be amended from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion. 

(c) Limitations and Restrictions Regarding Vesting. 

(i) Nonforfeitability by Participant Conduct. No vested portion of a Participant’s Account shall be forfeited as a
result of conduct of the Participant (except forfeitures described in Sections 5.3 and 8.5 on account of the Participant’s termination of employment). 

  
 43 

 (ii) Amendments to Vesting Schedule. If the vesting schedule of this Plan
is amended, the vested percentage of a Participant’s Forfeitable Account, determined as of the later of the date on which the amendment to the Plan’s vesting schedule is adopted or becomes effective, shall not be reduced by such amendment.
Furthermore, any Participant who has at least 3 Years of Vesting Service shall: 
 (A) Automatically have his or her vesting
percentage computed without regard to the change in the vesting schedule unless computing his or her vested percentage under the new vesting schedule is more favorable; or 

(B) have the right to elect, within 60 days of (1) the day the amendment is adopted, (2) the day the amendment
becomes effective, or (3) the day the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment, whichever is latest, to have the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment apply in computing his vested percentage; 

whichever selected by the Plan Administrator applicable to all affected Participants. For purposes of this paragraph (b), an “amendment
changing the vesting schedule” is any amendment which directly or indirectly affects the computation of the vested percentage of a Participant’s Account balances as described in Treas. Reg. §1.411(a)-8(c), and Years of Vesting Service
shall be determined without regard to Sections 5.4 and 5.5. 
 (iii) Automatic Amendments to Vesting Schedule. The
rules of paragraph (ii) above shall apply to the automatic change in the vesting schedule. Furthermore, the rules of paragraph (ii) above shall apply to any automatic change in the vesting schedule caused by operation of Article XIII of
this Plan. 
 (d) Years of Vesting Service. In determining the Years of Vesting Service completed by an Employee for
purposes of this Article, Years of Vesting Service shall be determined pursuant to Sections 1.84, 5.4 and 5.5 of this Plan. 

(e) Special Rule. In the event a Participant, prior to incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service receives a
distribution of his vested Account balance and the Participant’s nonvested Account balance is not forfeited, then until the Participant does incur such Breaks in Service, a separate Account shall be established for the Participant’s
interest in the Plan, and at any relevant time the Participant’s vested portion of such Account shall not be less than an amount “X” determined by the formula: 

X = P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) 

where P is the vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the Account balances at the relevant time, D is the amount of the Distribution, R
is the ratio of the Account balances as of the relevant time to the Account balances after distribution, and the relevant time is the time at which the vested percentage in the Account cannot increase. 

  
 44 

 (f) Special Rules for Lepage Participants. For special vesting provisions
for certain amounts in the Accounts of Lepage Participants (as defined in Section 13.1 of Appendix XIII), see Section 1.84(e) and Section 13.5 of Appendix XIII. 

5.3 Forfeitures. Amounts in a Participant’s Forfeitable Accounts which are not vested pursuant to the provisions of this Article
may be forfeited by a Participant pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.5(f), and 8.5(a) of this Plan. 
 5.4 Reemployed Former
Employees. 
 (a) Rule of Parity. Any former Employee (i) who does not have any nonforfeitable right under the
Plan to his Forfeitable Account, (ii) who does not have any Nonforfeitable Accounts under the Plan, and (iii) for whom the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service prior to such Employee’s reemployment equals or exceeds the
greater of 5 or the aggregate number of Years of Service before such breaks in service shall not receive credit for service prior to such breaks in service. 

(b) Post Break Disregarded Service. Any Employee who has 5 consecutive One- Year Breaks in Service shall not receive
credit for service after such Breaks in Service for purposes of determining such Employee’s vested percentage of his or her Account balances which accrued before such 5-year period. 

(c) Separate Accounting. Separate Accounts will be maintained for a Participant’s pre-break and post-break
Forfeitable Accounts to the extent that the Participant’s vested percentage in such Accounts could differ by application of the provisions of this Section, and both such Accounts will share in earnings or losses pursuant to Article VII. 

5.5 Years of Vesting Service Disregarded. Any Employee on April 1, 1995, who becomes a Participant in the Plan on said date or
thereafter, shall receive credit for purposes of Section 5.2 of this Plan for Years of Vesting Service rendered to his Employer or any other member of the Controlled Group for such period of time during which said Employer (or other employer)
was a member of the Controlled Group, including periods of service rendered prior to April 1, 1995. However, with respect to any person who becomes an Employee after April 1, 1995, for purposes of Section 5.2 of this Plan and
notwithstanding the preceding sections of this Article, Years of Vesting Service shall be disregarded during any period for which the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan. For purposes of this Section 5.5, whether the
Employer maintained a “predecessor plan” shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.411(a)-5(b)(3). 
 5.6
Vesting Upon Termination. If, pursuant to Article XI of this Plan, this Plan is wholly or partially terminated, the rights of each “affected” Participant to his Forfeitable Account as of the date of such termination or partial
termination shall be fully vested to the extent funded notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary. See Section 11.3(a) herein. 

  
 45 

 5.7 Family and Medical Leave Act. Any period while an Employee is on a leave of absence
under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 will be treated as continued service for the purpose of computing Years of Vesting Service. 

  
 46 

 ARTICLE VI 

ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS 

6.1 Separate Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall maintain separate Accounts for each Participant to reflect each such
Participant’s interest in the Plan attributable to each of the following: 
 (a) Elective Contributions, if any, as
defined in Section 1.24 of this Plan. 
 (b) Matching Elective Contributions, if any, as defined in Section 1.46 of
this Plan. 
 (c) Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, as defined in Section 1.62 of this Plan. 

(d) Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if any, as defined in Section 1.64 of this Plan. 

(e) Company Basic Contributions, if any, as defined in Section 1.13 of this Plan. 

(f) Rollover Contributions, if any, as defined in Section 1.70 of this Plan. 

(g) the Tasty Baking Employee After Tax Account under Appendix XII, Section 12.2(b). 

(h) The Prior Tasty Baking 401(k) Match Account under Appendix XII, Section 12.2(c). 

(i) The Prior Tasty Baking Non-Matching Company Contribution Account under Appendix XII, Section 12.2(d). 

(j) The Tasty Baking Rollover Contributions Account under Appendix XII, Section 12.2(e). 

(k) The Tasty Baking Prior Roth Basic Account under Appendix XII, Section 12.2(f). 

(l) the Prior Lepage Employer Match Account under Appendix XIII, Section 13.2(b). 

(m) the Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Account under Appendix XIII, Section 13.2(c). 

(n) the Prior Lepage Supplemental Profit Sharing Account under Appendix XIII, Section 13.2(d). 

  
 47 

 6.2 Investment of Trust Fund. 

(a) General Rule. The Trust Fund, and all contributions thereto made under this Plan, shall be invested by the Trustee
who shall have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement, subject to any investment directions allowed by the Trustee under subsections (b) and (c) below, and made
by the appropriate party as indicated in such subsections, as applicable. 
 (b) Investment Manager. The Trustee may
appoint one or more investment managers (as defined in ERISA §3(38)) to manage, acquire or dispose of all or a portion of the Trust Fund. Any such appointment shall be made in writing and shall be communicated to the Custodian, if any. A
designated investment manager may certify to the Trustee in writing the name of any person, together with a specimen signature of any such person, who is authorized to communicate and implement the investment manager’s respective instructions
concerning the Trust Fund. The investment manager shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee of any change in any such person. The Trustee shall be subject to the directions of such investment manager(s) which are made in accordance with the
terms of this Plan. 
 (c) Investment Funds. 

(i) Establishment of Funds. The Trustee shall establish three or more funds for the investment of the assets of the
Trust Fund, each of which has materially different risk and return characteristics. 
 (ii) Investment Directions by
Participants. Each Participant (or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary) shall direct the investment of his Accounts among the funds provided under paragraph (i) above. The Plan Administrator shall establish, and
may alter at any time, rules and procedures which shall govern such Participant direction of investments and the timing thereof, and shall provide all necessary instructions and forms, if any, to Participants (or Beneficiaries). Such rules and
procedures may restrict the frequency and timing of such Participant (or Beneficiary) directions and may also limit the amount or percentage of future contributions, and of the existing Account balance, that may be invested in Company common stock
or in any other investment fund. Such rules and procedures shall be communicated to Employees (or Beneficiaries). In the absence of any valid investment direction by the Participant (or Beneficiary), the Trustee shall invest the Participant’s
(or Beneficiary’s) Account as directed by the Plan Administrator, on a consistent basis applied at the time of investment. 

To the extent that shares of Company common stock are allocated to a Participant’s account, the Participant shall be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of any voting rights with respect to said shares, according to procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. In the absence of any such valid instructions, the Trustee shall vote said shares in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Trust Agreement. 

  
 48 

 In addition, in the case of a Participant who is deemed under Section 3.5(j)
to have elected to make an Elective Contribution equal to 3% of the Participant’s Compensation, such a Participant’s Elective Contributions shall be invested initially in such investment fund under the Plan as the Plan Administrator shall
select, in accordance with applicable regulations or other guidance of the United States Department of Labor; provided, however, that such a Participant may change the investment election with regard to such contributions in accordance with this
Section 6.2(c), at any time after the Elective Contribution has been credited to the Participant’s Account. 

(iii) Income or Loss. Any Account or portion thereof of a Participant (or Beneficiary) which is invested pursuant to the
Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s) directions under paragraph (ii) above in a certain fund shall only share in the gains or losses of such fund or stock, and shall not share in the gains or losses of any other Trust Fund investment.

 (iv) Expenses. Any Account or portion thereof of a Participant (or Beneficiary) which is invested pursuant to the
Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s) directions under paragraph (ii) above shall be charged for the reasonable expenses of such directed investing. 

6.3 Trustee’s Reliance. The Trustee may rely and act upon any certificate, notice or direction of the Employer, Plan
Administrator, investment manager, Participant or Beneficiary, or a person authorized to act on behalf of such person, that the Trustee reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed by the person or persons duly authorized to sign such
certificate, notice or direction. The Trustee may continue to rely upon such certificate, notice or direction until otherwise notified in writing. 

  
 49 

 ARTICLE VII 

ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS AND LOSSES TO ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS 

7.1 Allocations of Trust Fund Earnings and Losses. The accounts of Participants will be valued as of each Valuation Date.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent that Participants’ Accounts are invested in mutual funds or other assets for which daily pricing is available (“Daily Pricing Media”), all amounts contributed to the Trust
Fund will be invested at the time of their actual receipt by the Daily Pricing Media, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the results of such daily pricing from the time of actual receipt until the time of distribution. Investment
elections and changes shall be effective upon receipt by the Daily Pricing Media. 

  
 50 

 ARTICLE VIII 

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 
 8.1
Time of Payment of Benefits. If a Participant’s employment with all members of the Controlled Group is terminated for any reason other than death, including becoming Disabled, retiring, or otherwise, the Participant shall receive or
commence receiving the entire vested amount in his Plan Accounts (his “Benefit Amount”) determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.4 in accordance with the following: 

(a) Termination Prior to Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. If the Participant terminates employment with all members
of the Controlled Group prior to his attainment of his Normal Retirement Age, then the following provisions shall apply: 

(i) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraph (ii) below, the Participant may elect that his Benefit Amount
shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following any Valuation Date following the date on which the Participant has so terminated his employment, (but not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date) in a lump sum
payment valued in accordance with Section 8.4. 
 (ii) Automatic Cash-Outs. Notwithstanding paragraph
(i) above, if the value of the Participant’s Benefit Amount does not exceed $5,000 on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, the Participant’s Benefit Amount shall automatically be paid as soon as
administratively practicable following the Participant’s termination of employment with all members of the Controlled Group, in the form of a single lump sum distribution valued in accordance with Section 8.4. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, if the value of the Participant’s Benefit Amount is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to receive a distribution of such benefit under this paragraph (ii). 

(b) Termination After Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. If a Participant terminates employment with all members of
the Controlled Group on or after his attainment of his Normal Retirement Age or has not terminated employment with all members of the Controlled Group as of his Required Beginning Date, then the following provisions shall apply: 

(i) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below, the Participant’s Benefit Amount
shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant’s termination of employment with all members of the Controlled Group, or, if earlier, his Required Beginning Date, in a lump sum payment valued in accordance with
Section 8.4. 
 (ii) Later Distribution. Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, the Participant may elect that
his Benefit Amount be paid as soon as administratively practicable following any later Valuation Date elected by the Participant (but not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date), in a lump sum payment

  
 51 

 
valued in accordance with Section 8.4. The Participant’s election of a Valuation Date under this paragraph (ii) must be made prior to the Valuation Date selected by the Participant
under this paragraph (ii). Furthermore, a Participant’s election of a Valuation Date under this paragraph (ii) must be made prior to the Valuation Date specified in paragraph (i) above. 

(iii) Automatic Cash-Outs. Notwithstanding paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, if the value of the
Participant’s Benefit Amount does not exceed $5,000 on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, the Participant’s Benefit Amount shall automatically be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the
Participant’s termination of employment with all members of the Controlled Group, in the form of a single lump sum distribution valued in accordance with Section 8.4. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if the value of the
Participant’s Benefit Amount is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to receive a distribution of such benefit under this paragraph (iii). 

(iv) Benefits Accrued After Required Beginning Date. If a Participant has received his Benefit Amount under the
preceding provisions of this subsection because his Required Beginning Date occurred prior to his termination of employment with all members of the Controlled Group, then the Participant shall receive any subsequent Account balances which he may
accrue under this Plan during any Plan Year as soon as administratively practicable following the close of such Plan Year, and such distribution shall be in the same form applicable to the Participant’s previous distribution, subject to
Section 8.13. 
 (c) Required Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the
entire interest of a Participant must be distributed no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, subject to Section 8.13. All distributions required under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code
§401(a)(9) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-2. 

8.2 Benefits Upon Death. 

(a) Death Before Benefit Commencement Date. In the event of the death of a Participant prior to his Benefit Commencement
Date, the Beneficiary of the Participant shall receive all or the applicable portion of the entire amount in the Participant’s Plan Accounts designated for such Beneficiary under subsection (c) below (such Beneficiary’s “Benefit
Amount”) determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.4 in accordance with the following: 
 (i) General
Rule. Except as provided in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below, the Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the date of the Participant’s death and receipt by the Plan
Administrator of proof thereof, in a lump sum payment valued in accordance with Section 8.4 herein. 

  
 52 

 (ii) Later Distribution. Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, the
Beneficiary may elect that his Benefit Amount be paid as soon as administratively practicable following any later Valuation Date elected by the Beneficiary, in a lump sum payment valued in accordance with Section 8.4 (or, if the Beneficiary is
eligible for an alternative form of distribution under any Appendix to this Plan, then in accordance with that form); provided, however, that the Benefit Amount must be paid by the date specified in Section 8.2(d). A
Beneficiary’s election of a Valuation Date under paragraph (ii) must be made prior to the Valuation Date selected by the Beneficiary under this paragraph (ii). Furthermore, a Beneficiary’s election of a Valuation Date under this
paragraph (ii) must be made prior to the date specified in paragraph (i) above. 
 (iii) Automatic
Cash-Outs. Notwithstanding paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, if the value of such Benefit Amount does not exceed $5,000 on the date of death, the Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount shall automatically be paid as soon as administratively
practicable following the date the Plan Administrator receives proof of the Participant’s death, in the form of a single lump sum distribution valued in accordance with Section 8.4. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if the value of
the Participant’s Benefit Amount is zero, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to receive a distribution of such benefit under this paragraph (iii). 

(b) Death On or After Benefit Commencement Date. In the event of the death of a Participant on or after his Benefit
Commencement Date, if the Participant has received a lump sum payment of his Benefit Amount, there shall be no benefit payable to the Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Participant has elected to receive installment payments,
the Beneficiary shall be entitled to elect to continue to receive such payments in accordance with the schedule previously elected by the Participants or to receive a lump sum payment equal to the remaining account balance. 

(c) Designation of Beneficiary. 

(i) General Rules. The Beneficiary of a Participant with respect to the entire vested amount in the Participant’s
Accounts remaining at the Participant’s death shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.9 of this Plan, unless the Participant has designated a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, which the Participant may designate pursuant to the
provisions of Section 1.9 and this Section 8.2(c)(i) on a form provided by or acceptable to the Plan Administrator. However, no Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse designated by the Participant shall be valid unless either
(1) the Participant has no Surviving Spouse (or such Spouse cannot be located), or (2) the Surviving Spouse of the Participant has consented to such designation pursuant to a Qualified Spousal Waiver. 

(ii) Designation of Multiple Beneficiaries. A Participant may, consistent with paragraph (i) above, designate more
than one Beneficiary and, for each such Beneficiary, may designate a percentage of the entire vested amount in his Accounts to which such Beneficiary should become entitled (such Beneficiary’s “Benefit Amount”) upon the
Participant’s death. Each such 

  
 53 

 
Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive his Benefit Amount determined pursuant to Section 8.4 in accordance with the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above. Unless otherwise
specified by the Participant, any designation by the Participant of multiple Beneficiaries shall be interpreted as a designation by the Participant that each such Beneficiary (if alive as of the Participant’s date of death, and if not, then the
contingent Beneficiary under paragraph (iii) below of such Beneficiary) should be entitled to an equal percentage of the Participant’s vested Account balances upon the Participant’s death. 

(iii) Contingent Beneficiaries. A Participant may designate contingent Beneficiaries to receive a Beneficiary’s
Benefit Amount in the event such Beneficiary should predecease the Participant; otherwise, in the event a Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, the person or those persons specified in Section 1.9 of the Plan shall be deemed to be the
Beneficiary with respect to such deceased Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount, and shall receive the Benefit Amount to which such Beneficiary would have been entitled hereunder under this Section 8.2. 

(d) Required Distributions and Forms of Payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
distribution of a Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year containing the 5th anniversary of the Participant’s death, unless the Beneficiary is entitled under an Appendix to this Plan to receive
the Benefit Amount in a form other than a lump sum payment and the Beneficiary elects, under Section 8.13(e)(vi) to have the “life expectancy rule” apply. 

(e) Death During Military Service. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant
dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code § 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service)
provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. 
 8.3 Form of Payment of
Benefits. Benefits under this Plan shall generally be payable in the form of a single lump sum payment in cash. However, to the extent that a Participant’s Accounts are invested in Company common stock, such Company common stock shall be
distributed in-kind to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary in the case of the Participant’s Death) if requested by the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary in the case of the Participant’s Death). See also
Appendices I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, and VIII. 
 8.4 Valuation of Accounts for Payments. The amount distributed to the Participant
or Beneficiary shall be determined using the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount valued as of the Valuation Date chosen in advance by said person in accordance with the foregoing provision of this Article VIII. In the event of
automatic cash-outs paid in accordance with Section 8.1(a)(ii), 8.1(b)(iii) or 8.2(a)(iii), the relevant Valuation Date shall be the last day of the month in which the distribution event occurs. 

  
 54 

 8.5 Forfeitures. 

(a) Occurrence of Forfeitures. A forfeiture of the non-vested portion of a Participant’s Accounts shall occur upon
the earlier of the following: 
 (i) Payment of Benefits. In the event a Participant terminates employment with the
Controlled Group and receives (or is deemed to receive) a distribution of his vested Accounts (other than a distribution under Section 8.10), the non-vested portion of his Accounts shall be forfeited as of the date of the distribution (or
deemed distribution). 
 (ii) Termination, Breaks in Service. In the event that a Participant terminates employment
with all members of the Controlled Group and incurs a period of 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the non-vested portion of his Accounts shall then be forfeited. 

(b) Application of Forfeited Amounts. Any forfeitures arising under paragraphs (i) and (ii) of subsection
(a) above shall be used to reduce future contributions of Employers under Section 3.1. 
 (c) Recrediting
Certain Forfeitures Upon Return to Service. If a Participant incurs a forfeiture prior to incurring 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the Participant shall have the previously forfeited amount in his Accounts (unadjusted for any gains or
losses) restored if and when the Participant, after returning to service with an Employer, repays to the Trustee the entire amount of the distribution(s) he received from the Plan before the earlier of (A) 5 years after the first day on which
the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or (B) the end of the first period of 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service after the distribution(s). A Participant who has been deemed to have received a distribution under this
Plan and who otherwise is described in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to have repaid his deemed distribution upon his return to service with a member of the Controlled Group. The permissible sources for restoration of the Participant’s
previously forfeited amount in his Accounts are earnings of the Trust Fund or forfeitures arising under this Section (which shall be used for this purpose prior to the application of subsection (b) above). 

(d) Allocation of Forfeitures. Any forfeitures described above shall be used to offset the contribution requirements
(other than for Elective Contributions) applicable to all of the participating Employers under the Plan, regardless of the Employer whose Employees were the Participants who experienced the forfeitures. 

8.6 Benefit Payment Commencement. Unless a Participant consents to later payment, the payment of benefits under the Plan to the
Participant shall begin not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: 

(a) The attainment by the Participant of age 65; 

(b) The 10th anniversary of the date on which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or 

(c) The termination of the Participant’s service with the Controlled Group. 

  
 55 

 The failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution when such consent is required under Section 8.6
shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment for purposes of this Section. 
 8.7 Notice and Consent Requirements.

 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary (including Section 8.6), unless one
of the exceptions in subsection (c) below is satisfied, no distribution may be made or commence to a Participant unless the Participant has been provided the notification required under subsection (b) below at the time and in the manner
indicated in such subsection, and has consented in writing to the distribution after receiving such notification, with such consent being given no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to his Benefit Commencement Date. 

(b) Notification. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant of the right, if any, to defer any distribution.
Such notification shall include a general description of the material features under the Plan and shall inform the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution, and shall be provided (by mail, posting or personal delivery) no less
than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to his Benefit Commencement Date; provided, however, that a Participant may waive the right to receive the notice no less than 30 days prior to the Benefit Commencement Date; provided, further, that a
Participant shall have the opportunity to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution for at least 30 days after the notice is provided; provided, further, that the Plan Administrator shall provide information to the Participant
clearly indicating that the Participant has the right to the 30-day period for making the decision. 
 (c) Exceptions.
This Section 8.7 shall not be applicable to the following distributions: 
 (i) Cash-Outs. If the value of a
Participant’s entire vested Account balances, excluding his Rollover Contributions Account, does not exceed $5,000 on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, this Section shall not be applicable to a distribution of such
entire vested Account balances, including his Rollover Contributions Account, as a single lump sum. 
 (ii) Immediately
Distributable. If a distribution is made on or after the Participant’s attainment of the later of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, this Section shall not be applicable to such distribution. 

(iii) Other Payees. If a distribution is made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or
to any other Beneficiary, this Section shall not be applicable to such distribution. 
 (iv) Code §§401(a)(9)
and 415. If a distribution is required to satisfy the provisions of Article IV, Section 8.1(c) or Section 8.2(d), this Section shall not be applicable to such distribution. 

  
 56 

 (v) Plan Termination. If a distribution is made upon termination of this
Plan to the Participant and no member of the Controlled Group maintains any other defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)), this Section shall not be applicable to such distribution.

 (d) Application to Plan Provisions. To the extent that a distribution is required by the terms and provisions of
this Plan, but this Section is applicable to the distribution and the distribution therefore cannot be made, such distribution shall, except as otherwise provided, be made as soon as administratively practicable following the Valuation Date
coincident with the date that this Section is no longer applicable to the distribution. 
 8.8 Restrictions on Elective
Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Elective Contributions Account shall not be distributed prior to: 

(a) the Participant’s “severance from employment” (within the meaning of Code § 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)); 

(b) the Participant’s attainment of age 59 1⁄2; 
 (c) the Participant’s incurrence of a “hardship” (within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)) that satisfies the requirements of Section 8.10 of the Plan; or 
 (d) the
termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance by the Employer of a successor plan (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)). 

For purposes of subsection (d) above, the distribution must be a lump sum distribution that satisfies the requirements of Treas. Reg.
§ 1.401(k)-1(d)(5). This Section 8.8 shall not be interpreted to allow distributions at a time or in a form that is not otherwise provided for in this Article VIII. The provisions of this Section shall be interpreted in accordance with the
requirements of Code § 401(k)(2)(B) and any regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 8.9 Payments to Alternate Payees. See
Section 12.6(b)(iii) for special provisions which are applicable to payments to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. A qualified domestic relations order may not provide an alternate payee with a death benefit from
this Plan except to the extent consistent with Section 8.2 and, if applicable, except to the extent such order requires that the alternate payee be treated as the Participant’s Surviving Spouse. 

  
 57 

 8.10 Hardship Distributions of Elective Contributions. 

(a) General Rules. A Participant shall be entitled to apply to the Plan Administrator for a hardship distribution of all
or a portion of such Participant’s Elective Contributions Account balance (excluding investment earnings attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) and Rollover Contributions Account balance, valued as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or next following the date on which the Plan Administrator receives the Participant’s application. A hardship distribution will be made to the Participant (i) only if the Plan Administrator or a person or entity designated
by the Plan Administrator determines that the Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need under subsection (b) below, and (ii) only to the extent the distribution is necessary to satisfy such need under subsection (c) below.

 (b) Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A distribution will be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial
need of a Participant if the distribution is on account of: 
 (i) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that
would be deductible under Code § 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); 

(ii) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 

(iii) Payment of tuition, related educational fees and room and board expenses for up to the next twelve months of
post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code § 152, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code § 152(b)(1),
(b)(2) or (d)(1)(B)); 
 (iv) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of that residence; 
 (v) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the
Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code § 152, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code § 152(d)(1)(B)); 

(vi) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty loss
deduction under Code § 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or 

(vii) Any other financial need which the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, through the publication of revenue rulings, notices
and other documents of general applicability, may from time to time designate as a deemed immediate and heavy financial need. 
 Effective as
of January 1, 2010, a hardship shall be deemed to exist if the distribution is on account of expenses described in paragraph (i), (iii) or (v) above for a person who is named as the Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan and
who has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s Account upon the death of the Participant. 

  
 58 

 In determining the existence of an immediate and heavy financial need, the provisions of Treas.
Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii) shall govern. 
 (c) Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Need. A distribution
will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if all of the following requirements are satisfied: 

(i) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant, including any
estimated taxes which will be incurred because of said distribution; 
 (ii) The Participant has obtained all distributions
and withdrawals (including distributions of ESOP dividends under Code § 404(k) but not hardship distributions) and all nontaxable loans then available under all plans maintained by the Controlled Group (including, without limitation, any
qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plan and any cash or deferred arrangement that is part of a cafeteria plan (other than mandatory employee contributions under a welfare plan or pension plan)). 

(iii) After receiving the hardship distribution, the Participant shall be prohibited from making Elective Contributions under
this Plan and elective contributions and employee contributions under any other plan of his Employer or under an otherwise legally enforceable agreement (including all qualified and nonqualified deferred compensation, stock option and stock purchase
plans maintained by such Employer, but not including health or welfare benefit plans or the mandatory employee contribution portion of any defined benefit plan) for at least 12 months following receipt of the hardship distribution (at least 6 months
following receipt of the hardship distribution, in the case of distributions that are paid on or after January 1, 2002); and 

(iv) Notwithstanding Section 3.5(e) of this Plan, the maximum Elective Contributions pursuant to Code §402(g) which
may be otherwise made by the Participant for the taxable year of the Participant following the taxable year in which the Participant receives the hardship distribution shall be reduced by the amount of the Participant’s Elective Contributions
for the taxable year in which the Participant received the hardship distribution. 
 In determining the extent of a distribution necessary to
satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need, the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B) shall govern. 

(d) Taxes. The Participant shall be responsible for any excise taxes and/or any income taxes due on a hardship
distribution under this Section. 
 (e) Gulf Coast Hurricane Emergency Relief. 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent permitted by Code § 1400Q and the Gulf
Opportunity Zone Act of 2005, the Plan Administrator is authorized to make “qualified hurricane distributions” within the meaning of Code § 1400Q(a)(4)(A). 

  
 59 

 (ii) IRS Relief. Furthermore, the Plan Administrator is authorized to make
hardship distributions to Participants in accordance with the provisions of Internal Revenue Service Announcement 2005-70. 
 8.11 Loan of
Account Balances to Participants. 
 (a) Conditions Applicable to Participant Loans. Upon the application of any
Authorized Borrower filed with the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy established by it, direct the Trustee to make a loan to said Authorized Borrower. Any loans made pursuant
to this Section 8.11 shall satisfy the following conditions: 
 (i) Such loans shall be available to all Authorized
Borrowers. For purposes of this Section “Authorized Borrower” shall mean any Participant or Beneficiary who is a party-in-interest within the meaning of ERISA § 3(14) and any Employee as defined in section 1.31 of this Plan who is not
a Leased Employee. 
 (ii) Such loans shall not be made available to Authorized Borrowers who are Highly Compensated
Employees in an amount which is greater than that available to other Authorized Borrowers in accordance with United States Department of Labor Regulations § 2550.408b-1(c); provided, however, that loans may be permitted in an amount that bears
a uniform relationship to vested Account balances. 
 (iii) Each such loan shall bear a rate of interest so as to provide the
Plan with a return commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances in accordance with United States Department of Labor Regulations §
2550.408b-1(e). 
 (A) The interest rate for a loan from the Plan shall be the rate which shall be selected by the Plan
Administrator as of the first day of the month during which the Authorized Borrower applies for the loan. 
 (B) The Plan
Administrator shall have the responsibility on an ongoing basis to assure that the rate of interest for Authorized Borrower loans provides the plan with a rate of return which is commensurate with the interest rate charged under similar
circumstances by persons in the business of lending money. If the rate described above fails to accomplish this objective, the Plan Administrator has the duty to specify in writing an alternative rate which shall be deemed to be the rate of interest
for loans under this Section 8.11. 

  
 60 

 (iv) The amount of any such loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all
other loans, if any, from the Plan (or from any other plan maintained by the Employer) to such Authorized Borrower shall not exceed the lesser of: 

(A) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (1) the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to such
Authorized Borrower during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan was made, over (2) the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to such Authorized Borrower on the date a new loan was made, or 

(B) one-half (1/2) of the value of the vested Accounts of such Authorized Borrower. 

(v) Each such loan, by its terms, shall be repaid within 5 years, unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which,
within a reasonable time, is to be used as the principal residence of the Authorized Borrower, in which event such loan shall be repaid within 15 years. 

(vi) Each loan, by its terms, shall require repayment on a substantially level amortization basis with loan repayments made not
less frequently than quarterly over the term of the loan. 
 (vii) Effective for the period beginning on January 1, 1998
and ending on September 1, 2001, if a Participant is married and has an Applicable Account under Appendix I of the Plan, then prior to the making of a loan under this Section of the Plan, the spouse of the Participant must consent in writing to
the use of the Account as security for the loan. Such consent must be given during the 90-day period ending on the date on which the loan is made. The consent of the spouse must acknowledge the effect of the use of the Participant’s Account
balance as security for a loan and must be witnessed by a representative of the Plan Administrator or a notary public. However, the consent of the spouse will not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that
such consent cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations. 

(viii) The principal amount of any Authorized Borrower loan may not be less than $1,000. 

(ix) All Authorized Borrower loans will be repaid by Authorized Borrowers who are Employees or who subsequently become
Employees on a payroll deduction basis. All other Authorized Borrower loans must be promptly repaid by tender of cash or check for the proper installment payment amount. Loan repayments made by an Authorized Borrower shall be allocated solely to the
account of the Authorized Borrower making the repayment. 

  
 61 

 (x) Each such loan shall be governed by an enforceable agreement between the
Authorized Borrower and the Trustee, and the loan shall be payable to the Trustee not later than the earlier of a fixed maturity date meeting the requirements of paragraph (v) above, or the following events of default: (A) the Authorized
Borrower’s death, (B) the Authorized Borrower’s failure to pay any amount due within 30 days after the date due, (C) the Authorized Borrower’s insolvency, (D) a general assignment for the benefit of the Authorized
Borrower’s creditors, (E) an assignment of a receiver or trustee with respect to all or a substantial part of the Authorized Borrower’s real or personal property, (F) any petition in bankruptcy by or against the Authorized
Borrower, (G) any judgment against the Authorized Borrower, (H) the 30th day after the Authorized Borrower’s retirement under the Plan or other termination of employment,
(I) any failure by the Authorized Borrower to perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in the loan agreement, (J) the Authorized Borrower’s disability, (K) the termination of the Plan for any reason, or (L) the
Authorized Borrower’s ceasing to be an Authorized Borrower. 
 (xi) For each Authorized Borrower for whom a loan is
authorized pursuant to this Section, the Plan Administrator shall (1) direct the Trustee to liquidate the Authorized Borrower’s interest in his or her vested accounts to the extent necessary to provide funds for the loan, (2) direct
the Trustee to disburse funds to the Authorized Borrower upon the Authorized Borrower’s execution of the promissory note referred to in paragraph (x) above, (3) transmit to the Trustee such executed promissory note, and
(4) establish and maintain a separate recordkeeping account (A) which initially shall be in the amount of the loan, (B) to which the funds for the loan shall be deemed to have been allocated and then disbursed to the Authorized
Borrower, (C) to which the promissory note shall be allocated and (D) which shall show the unpaid principal of and interest on the note from time to time. All payments of principal and interest by an Authorized Borrower shall be credited
initially to his or her separate recordkeeping loan account and applied against the Authorized Borrower’s promissory note, and then invested according to the Authorized Borrower’s investment directions applicable to his Elective
Contributions allocated to the Authorized Borrower’s accounts. 
 (xii) Each such loan shall be adequately secured by a
pledge of such Authorized Borrower’s loan account referred to in paragraph (xi) above so that, in the event the Authorized Borrower defaults on such loan or fails to repay such loan in the time set forth in the promissory note, the Plan
Administrator may satisfy any amount of principal or interest due and unpaid on the loan at the time of any default on the loan, and any interest accruing thereafter by deduction from the Authorized Borrower’s loan account referred to in
paragraph (xi) above. Such amount of principal and interest due and unpaid shall be deemed to have been deducted and distributed to the Authorized Borrower immediately upon default, unless such Authorized Borrower was not, at the time of
default, eligible to receive a distribution under the provisions of this Plan, in which event such amount shall be deemed to have been deducted and distributed at such time as the Authorized Borrower first becomes eligible to receive a distribution
under the 

  
 62 

 
provisions of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Authorized Borrower whose employment terminates (by retirement or otherwise), such an Authorized Borrower may, within 30
days after the date of termination of employment, repay to the Trustee the full amount of the outstanding principal and interest on the loan, in which event the amount shall not be deemed to have been deducted and distributed to the Authorized
Borrower. In the event that the amount so deducted and distributed is insufficient to satisfy the remaining balance of such loan, the Authorized Borrower shall be liable for, and must continue to make payments on any such balance still due to the
Trust Fund, in accordance with applicable law, and interest at the rate specified in the promissory note shall continue to accrue on any outstanding amount until fully satisfied. 

(xiii) In the event an Authorized Borrower receives a loan from the Plan, to the extent that an amount is borrowed by an
Authorized Borrower from his Account, the Authorized Borrower’s Account will not share in the earnings or losses of the Trust Fund, but will only share in earnings or losses based upon the loan made to the Authorized Borrower. An Authorized
Borrower who elects to receive a loan from the Plan also automatically elects to direct the investment of his or her Accounts in said loan to the extent so borrowed in accordance with the preceding sentence. 

(xiv) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Plan may distribute the promissory note of an Authorized
Borrower identified in paragraph (x) above or may cancel all or a portion of the indebtedness evidenced by such note in lieu of making a cash distribution required by this Plan. 

(xv) Any Authorized Borrower who takes out or renews a loan from the Plan shall be restricted in the amount which the
Authorized Borrower can withdraw under the preceding Sections of this Article VIII so that the Plan at all times shall retain at least 50% of an Authorized Borrower’s vested Account balances. 

(xvi) In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event
occurs in the Plan. 
 (xvii) The source of any loan shall be the Authorized Borrower’s Elective Contribution Account
and/or the Authorized Borrower’s Rollover Contribution Account, as designated by the Authorized Borrower, and the assets of said account shall be reduced proportionately in each investment account in which they are held. 

(xviii) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, loan repayment will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under
Code § 414(u)(4) for Participants on a leave of absence for “qualified military service” (as defined in Section 12.19 of the Plan). 

  
 63 

 (b) Additional Conditions that May be Established by the Plan
Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to establish administrative procedures that shall be applicable to Authorized Borrower loans, without the necessity of amending the Plan, including but not limited to the
following: 
 (i) The Plan Administrator may establish an alternative minimum dollar amount that may be borrowed, provided
that such amount may not exceed $1000. 
 (ii) The Plan Administrator may require all loans to be effective only as of a
Valuation Date. 
 (iii) The Plan Administrator may require that all Authorized Borrowers requesting a loan pay a reasonable
loan origination fee. 
 Any such administrative procedures shall be set forth in writing and communicated to Authorized Borrowers. 

8.12 Rollover Distribution Election. 

(a) General Rule. If a Participant or Surviving Spouse of a Participant or an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order who is a Spouse or former Spouse of a Participant (or, effective as of January 1, 2010, a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or an alternate payee) who is to receive a payment under this Article which equals or
exceeds $200 and which is an eligible rollover distribution (as defined below) elects (within the 180 day period ending on the Benefit Commencement Date) to have such distribution (or a portion of such distribution if the amount of such portion
equals or exceeds $500) paid directly to an eligible retirement plan (as defined below) and specifies the eligible retirement plan to which such distribution is to be paid, such payment to be made to the Participant, Surviving Spouse, alternate
payee or other eligible Beneficiary of a Participant shall be made in the form of a direct lump sum transfer of cash from the Trustee to the trustee of the eligible retirement plan so specified in lieu of the payment otherwise required by this
Article. Rollover distributions may be directed to no more than one eligible retirement plan for each distribution. 
 (b)
Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: 
 (i) Eligible
retirement plan shall mean (A) an individual retirement account described in Code § 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code § 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), or (effective as of January 1, 2008)
a Roth IRA described in Code § 408A and (B), in the case of a Participant or a Surviving Spouse of a Participant (or an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order who is a Spouse or former Spouse of a Participant), a
qualified trust described in Code § 401(a) that is a defined contribution plan and the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions, an annuity plan described in Code § 403(a) the terms of which permit the acceptance of
rollover distributions, an eligible deferred compensation 

  
 64 

 
plan described in Code § 457(b) that is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code section 457(e)(1)(A) and the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions, and
an annuity contract described in Code § 403(b) the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions. 

(ii) Eligible rollover distribution shall mean any distribution to a Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate
payee) of a Participant of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of such individual in this Plan; provided, however, such term shall not include: 

(A) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or his designated Beneficiary or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; 

(B) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required by Section 8.1(c) or Section 8.2(d); 

(C) any “hardship” distribution under Section 8.10; and 

(D) any other distribution or portion of a distribution to the extent such distribution is not considered an eligible rollover
distribution under Treasury regulations or other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service. 
 (c) Satisfaction of
Requirements. For purposes of this Section, the Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of the Participant electing the transfer must present sufficient evidence in a timely manner to the Plan Administrator that the transferee plan
satisfies the definition of an eligible retirement plan set forth above. At a minimum, the Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of the Participant must state the name of the transferee plan and represent that the transferee plan is
an eligible retirement plan (as defined in paragraph (i) of subsection (b) above). The Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of the Participant must also present such additional documentation as the Plan Administrator may
require which shall be used to verify that the requirements of this Section have been met. The Trustee, the Plan Administrator, or any Plan fiduciary shall have no duty to verify the authenticity of any such evidence or documentation, and shall be
entitled to rely on any such evidence submitted by a Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of the Participant, without questioning the authenticity thereof, unless it is unreasonable to so rely. Furthermore, in the event that the
Trustee, the Plan Administrator or any Plan fiduciary shall have actual knowledge of an issue relating to the transferee plan’s ability to satisfy the definition of an eligible retirement plan, such issue must be expressly resolved in favor of
the satisfaction of such definition by the transferee plan by a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or by an opinion of legal counsel (chosen by the Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of the Participant, but acceptable to the
Plan Administrator) directed to the Trustee, the Plan, the Plan Administrator and any fiduciary of the Plan, before the transfer can occur. 

  
 65 

 (d) Determination in the Plan Administrator’s Discretion. The Plan
Administrator shall have complete and absolute discretion to determine whether the proposed transferee plan selected by the distributee satisfies the requirements of this Section, and to determine whether the requirements of this Section have
otherwise been satisfied by a proposed transfer. 
 (e) Interpretation. The provisions of this Section shall be
interpreted in accordance with Code §401(a)(31), as added by the Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1992, and any regulations or other guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder, and shall not be construed or
interpreted in a manner other than strict compliance with such requirements. 
 (f) Application of Other Rules. For
all purposes of this Plan, the election by a Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee) of a Participant of a transfer under this Section shall be considered a payment or distribution under this Article as if the amount transferred were
paid directly to the Participant or Surviving Spouse (or alternate payee). 
 8.13 Provision Pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).

 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent required under
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (i) the entire vested Account balance of a Participant who is a 5% owner (as defined in Code § 416) (1) shall be distributed to him in a lump sum in cash not later than April 1 of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1⁄2 and, with respect to such Participants who are Employees, on December 31 of such year and
each succeeding year or (2) shall commence to be distributed to him in one of the optional forms of benefit under Appendix II, III, IV or V, not later than the time specified in clause (1) above, and (ii) the vested Account balance of
any Participant who is not a 5% owner shall be distributed or commence to be distributed not later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (1) the calendar year in which he attains age
70 1⁄2 or (2) the calendar year in which he incurs a termination of employment. The date on which a Participant’s vested Account balance is
distributed or commences to be distributed pursuant to this subsection (a) shall be such Participant’s “Required Beginning Date” for purposes of the Plan. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions under this Section 8.13 shall be made in accordance with the provisions
of Code § 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, including Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-2, which provisions are hereby incorporated herein by reference, provided that such provisions
shall override the other distribution provisions of the Plan only to the extent that such other Plan provisions provide for distribution that is less rapid than required under such provisions of the Code and Regulations. Nothing contained in this
Section shall be construed as providing any optional form of payment that is not available under the other distribution provisions of the Plan. 

  
 66 

 (c) A Participant who attained age
70 1⁄2 on or before December 31, 1999 but did not retire from employment with the Employer before January 1, 1997 and who began to receive the
minimum required distributions under Code § 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to January 1, 1997, may, in accordance with procedures to be established by the Plan Administrator, elect to stop receiving such distributions until the
Participant retires from employment with the Employer. 
 (d) With respect to distributions under the Plan made in calendar
years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed in January
2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as
may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. 
 (e) Minimum Distribution Requirements After
December 31, 2002. 
 (i) General Rules. 

(A) Effective Date. The provisions of this subsection (e) will apply for purposes of determining required minimum
distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 
 (B) Precedence. The requirements of this
subsection (e) will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 
 (C) Requirements of Treasury
Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this subsection (e) will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code. 

(D) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this subsection (e), distributions
may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA (if applicable).

 (ii) Time and Manner of Distribution. 

(A) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to
the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date. 

  
 67 

 (B) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant
dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 

(1) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided
in paragraph (vi) below, distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later. 

(2) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as
provided in paragraph (vi) below, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 

(3) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s
death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

(4) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the Surviving Spouse
dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this subparagraph (B), other than subparagraph (B)(I) above, will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

For purposes of this subparagraph (B) and paragraph (iv) below, unless subparagraph (B)(IV) applies, distributions are considered to
begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If subparagraph (B)(IV) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under subparagraph (B)(I). If distributions under
an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the
Surviving Spouse under subparagraph (B)(I)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

(C) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased
from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with paragraphs (iii) and (iv) below. If the Participant’s
interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. 

  
 68 

 (iii) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime. 

(A) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s
lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: 
 (1) the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the
Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 
 (2) if the Participant’s sole designated
beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year. 

(B) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum
distributions will be determined under this paragraph (iii) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 

(iv) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 

(A) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. 

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin
and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the
longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows: 

(1) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  
 69 

 (2) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole
designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the Surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in
that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the Surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the Surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the
calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 
 (3) If the Participant’s
Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 (2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the
date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year. 
 (B) Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided in paragraph (vi) below, if the Participant
dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (A) above. 

(2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated
beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
the Participant’s death. 

  
 70 

 (3) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are
Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to
begin to the Surviving Spouse under subsection (ii)(B)(I) above, this subparagraph (B) will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

(v) Definitions. 

(A) Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.9 of the Plan and
is the designated beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations. 

(B) Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions
beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the
Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (ii)(B) above. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar
year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the
Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. 

(C) Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Treasury regulations. 
 (D) Participant’s account balance. The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in
the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar
year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the
valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 

(E) Required beginning date. The date specified in Section 1.69 of the Plan. 

  
 71 

 (vi) Participants or Beneficiaries May Elect 5-Year Rule. Participants or
beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in subsections (ii)(B) and (iv)(B) above applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated beneficiary. The election must
be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subsection (ii)(B) above, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s (or, if applicable, Surviving Spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor beneficiary makes an election under this subsection (vi), distributions will be made in accordance with subsections (ii)(B) and (iv)(B) above. 

(f) Special Rule for 2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding Section 8.13(a) through (e) of the
Plan, a Participant who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code § 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions
that are (i) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless
the Participant or Beneficiary affirmatively chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will have the opportunity to elect to receive or continue to receive the distributions described
in the preceding sentence, if they wish to do so. In addition, notwithstanding Section 8.12(b)(ii) of the Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, certain additional distributions in 2009 will be
treated as eligible rollover distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, the following will also be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009: 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both as defined in the Plan).

 8.14 Distributions After Attainment of Age
59 1⁄2. A Participant who has attained the age of 59 1⁄2 may
withdraw all or a portion of his Elective Contributions Account, his Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account, if any, and his Rollover Contributions Account, if any, with the earnings on each such Account. Distribution shall be made to the
Participant as soon as administratively possible after the request is received. 
 8.15 Distributions from Rollover Contributions
Account. A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his Rollover Contributions Account, including earnings, if any. Distribution shall be made to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the request is received. 

8.16 Certain Automatic Rollovers. In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 8.1(a)(ii), 8.1(b)(iii), 8.2(a)(iii), and 8.7(c)(i), if the participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover or to receive the
distribution directly in accordance with sections 8.1(a)(i), 8.1(b)(i), or 8.2(a)(i), then the plan administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the plan administrator. 

  
 72 

 8.17 Qualified Reservist Distributions. Effective as of August 17, 2006, a
Participant who is (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the United States Code)) ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period in excess of 179 days or
for an indefinite period, and who otherwise qualifies to receive a “qualified reservist distribution” (as defined in Code § 72(t)(2)(G)) may obtain a qualified reservist distribution from his or her Elective Contributions Account in
accordance with Code §§ 72(t)(2)(G) and 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(V). 

  
 73 

 ARTICLE IX 

THE TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE 

9.1 Existence of Trust. The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with the Trustee designated by the Company on the Trust
Agreement to hold the funds necessary to provide the benefits set forth in this Plan. 
 9.2 Exclusive Benefit Rule. The Trust Fund
shall be received, held in trust, and disbursed by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and this Plan. No part of the Trust Fund shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and their Beneficiaries and the payment of reasonable expenses attributable to the administration of the Plan in accordance with ERISA §404(a)(1)(A)(ii). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the use of the Trust Fund to pay fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services is not a reasonable expense of administering the Plan if the payments are made for the Employer’s benefit or involve services for which the Employer could reasonably be expected
to bear the cost in the normal course of such Employer’s business or operations. In this regard, services provided in conjunction with the establishment, termination or design of plans relate to the business activities of the Employer and
generally would not be “reasonable expenses attributable to the administration of the Plan.” No person shall have any interest in, or right to, the Trust Fund or any part thereof, except as specifically provided for in this Plan or the
Trust Agreement, except as provided in Section 3.4. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section, this Section shall be construed in accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(2) and ERISA §403(c) and any regulations
or other guidance promulgated thereunder, and shall not be construed in a manner more restrictive than such requirements. 
 9.3 Removal
or Resignation of Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee at any time or the Trustee may resign at any time upon the notice required by the terms of the Trust Agreement, and upon such removal or upon the resignation of a Trustee, the Company
shall appoint a successor Trustee. 
 9.4 Powers of Trustee. The Trustee shall have the power to hold, invest, reinvest, or to
control and disburse the Trust Funds in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and Article VI of this Plan. If more than one person shall be designated as Trustee at any given time, any reference herein to the Trustee shall refer to
all of said persons, except that the signature of only one of said persons shall be sufficient to represent the signature of all of said persons and the action of any one of them shall be deemed to be the action of the Trustee. 

9.5 Integration of Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan, and all rights of Participants or
others under this Plan shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Agreement. 
 9.6 Records and Accounts. The Trustee shall
maintain accurate and detailed records and accounts of all transactions of the Plan, which shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection or audit by any person designated by the Employer or Plan Administrator and by any other person or
entity to the extent required by law. 

  
 74 

 9.7 Annual Reports. As soon as practicable following the close of the Plan Year, the
Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator and the Employer a written report setting forth all transactions with respect to the Trust Fund during such Plan Year and listing the assets of the Trust Fund and the market value thereof at the close
of the period covered by such report. The Trustee shall also provide the Plan Administrator and the Employer with such other information in its possession as may be necessary for the Plan Administrator or Employer to conform with the requirements of
ERISA §103. 
 9.8 Collective or Pooled Investment Trusts. The assets of the Trust Fund may be commingled with the assets of
other Trusts that are intended to be qualified under Code §§ 401(a) and 501(a), through the medium of collective or pooled investment trusts. To the extent of the Trust’s share in such a collective investment trust, the
collective investment trust shall be deemed a part of the Trust. 

  
 75 

 ARTICLE X 

ADMINISTRATION 
 10.1
Allocation of Responsibility. The general administration and day to day operations of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the provisions thereof will be placed in the Plan Administrator who shall be designated by the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company or by resolution of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. In the absence of such a designation, the Company shall carry out the responsibilities of the Plan Administrator. 

10.2 Administrative Expenses. The Plan Administrator may employ financial, legal, or other counsel and engage such clerical, financial,
or other services as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary for the effective administration of the Plan and compliance with Federal and state regulations. Said operating expenses and any other reasonable administrative expenses will be paid out
of the Trust Fund to the extent possible consistent with the exclusive benefit rule set forth in Section 9.2, unless the Company elects (in its sole discretion) to pay such expenses. 

10.3 Plan Administrator Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator shall have the power to interpret and construe the Plan, to settle
all questions arising from the operation of the Plan, to determine all questions of eligibility and the status and rights of Participants, Beneficiaries and others, and to establish rules for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its
business. Final determinations or actions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any questions arising out of or in connection with the administration of the Plan will be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having an interest in the
Plan. The Plan Administrator may delegate to other persons, all or such portion of their duties hereunder, other than those granted to the Trustee under the Trust Agreement, as the Plan Administrator, in his sole discretion, may decide. 

10.4 Records and Reports. The Plan Administrator will keep such accounts and records as he may deem necessary or proper in the
performance of his duties under the Plan. 
 10.5 Reporting and Disclosure. The Plan Administrator shall file all reports and returns
required to be filed by the Plan (other than those which are the responsibility of the Trustee) with any governmental agency, shall make all disclosures to Employees, Participants and Beneficiaries, and shall make available for examination by said
persons copies of all Plan documents, descriptions, returns and reports as may be required by applicable law or as specified herein. 
 10.6
Named Fiduciary. The Plan Administrator shall be the named fiduciary under the Plan, within the meaning of ERISA, with the responsibilities set forth in this Plan document and in the Trust Agreement. 

10.7 Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be the “administrator,” as that term is defined in ERISA §3(16)(A) and
Code §414(g), of this Plan. 

  
 76 

 10.8 Interpretation of the Plan and Findings of Facts. The Plan Administrator shall have
sole and absolute discretion to interpret the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, by supplying omissions from, correcting deficiencies in, or resolving inconsistencies or ambiguities in, the language of the Plan), to make factual
findings with respect to any issue arising under the Plan, to determine the rights and status under the Plan of Participants and other persons, to decide disputes arising under the Plan and to make any determinations and findings (including factual
findings) with respect to the benefits payable thereunder and the persons entitled thereto as may be required for the purposes of the Plan. In furtherance of, but without limiting, the foregoing, the Plan Administrator is hereby granted the
following specific authorities, which he shall discharge in his sole and absolute discretion in accordance with the terms of the Plan (as interpreted, to the extent necessary, by the Plan Administrator): 

(a) To resolve all questions (including factual questions) arising under the provisions of the Plan as to any individual’s
entitlement to become a Participant; 
 (b) To determine the amount of benefits, if any, payable to any person under the Plan
(including, to the extent necessary, making any factual findings with respect thereto); and 
 (c) To conduct the review
procedure specified in Section 12.5. 
 All decisions of the Plan Administrator as to the facts of the case, as to the interpretation of any provision
of the Plan or its application to any case, and as to any other interpretative matter or other determination or question under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties affected thereby, subject to the claims and review procedures under
Section 12.5 of this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee relative to benefits to be paid under the Plan and shall furnish the Trustee with any information reasonably required by it for the purpose of paying benefits under the
Plan. 
 10.9 Bonding, Insurance and Indemnity. 

(a) Bonding. To the extent required under ERISA, the Company will obtain, pay for and keep current a bond or bonds with
respect to the Plan Administrator, and any other Employee who receives, handles, disburses, or otherwise exercises custody or control of, any of the assets of the Plan. 

(b) Insurance. The Company, in its discretion, may obtain, pay for and keep current a policy or policies of insurance,
insuring the Plan Administrator, the members of the board of directors of the Company and other Employees to whom any fiduciary responsibility with respect to the administration of the Plan has been delegated against any and all costs, expenses and
liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission to act, in connection with the performance of their duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and any applicable law. 

  
 77 

 (c) Indemnity. If the Company does not obtain, pay for and keep current
the type of insurance policy or policies referred to in subsection (b) above, or if such insurance is provided but any of the parties referred to in subsection (b) above incur any costs or expenses which are not covered under such
policies, then the Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, such parties against any and all costs, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such parties in performing their duties and
responsibilities under this Plan, provided that such party or parties were acting in good faith within what was reasonably believed to have been the best interests of the Plan and its Participants. 

  
 78 

 ARTICLE XI 

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND ADOPTION 

11.1 Permanency of Plan. It is contemplated by the Company that the Plan and Trust shall be maintained permanently and that they shall
constitute a qualified plan under Code §401 and a tax-exempt trust under Code §501, or any successor provisions. Nevertheless, the Company and the Employers must necessarily reserve and do hereby reserve the rights of amendment,
termination and withdrawal as set forth in this Article. 
 11.2 Right to Amend Plan. 

(a) Amendment by the Company. The Company reserves the right, at any time, to modify or amend, in whole or in part, any
or all of the provisions of the Plan, including specifically the right to make such amendments effective retroactively, if necessary or desirable, to bring the Plan into conformity with Code, ERISA, and any applicable regulations promulgated so that
the Plan may continue to remain qualified and the Trust may continue to remain tax-exempt, or for any other purpose, subject to subsection (c) below. Any such amendment shall be in writing and shall be executed by an authorized officer of the
Company. 
 (b) Amendment by Employer other than Company. An Employer other than the Company cannot at any time modify
or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan so long as such Employer continues to participate in this Plan. Such an Employer may, however, amend the provisions of any Exhibit to the Plan which refers specifically to said
Employer, with the written approval of the Plan Administrator, or may cease to participate in this Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company indicating the effective date of such termination of participation prior to such effective
date unless waived by the Company. See Section 11.4 of this Plan. 
 (c) Restrictions on Amendments. 

(i) Exclusive Benefit Rule. No modification or amendment shall make it possible for Trust assets to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the exclusive benefit rule under Section 9.2 of the Plan herein, except as provided in Section 3.4. 

(ii) Code §411(d)(6) Restrictions. No amendment to the Plan shall be permitted that would have the effect of
decreasing the Account balances of any Participant. Furthermore, no amendment shall be permitted that would have the effect of eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy (as defined in Treasury regulations under
Code §411(d)(6)(B)(i)), if any, or, except as permitted under Treasury regulations, eliminating an “optional form of benefit” as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4(Q&A-1). 

  
 79 

 (iii) Code §411(a)(10) Vesting Restrictions. Any amendment changing
the vesting schedule of this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 5.2(c). For purposes of this paragraph (iii), an “amendment changing the vesting schedule” is any amendment which directly or indirectly affects the
computation of the vested percentage of a Participant’s Account balances as described in Treas. Reg. §1.411(a)-8(c). 
 11.3
Right to Terminate Plan. 
 (a) Termination by the Company. The Company reserves the right, at any time, to
wholly or partially terminate the Plan. If the Plan is terminated by the Company, all Accounts of “affected” Participants within the meaning of Code §411(d)(3) as of the date of termination shall immediately become nonforfeitable and
fully vested, to the extent funded. If the Plan is partially terminated by the Company or for whatever reason, all Accounts of those “affected” Participants within the meaning of Code §411(d)(3) shall, as of the date of partial
termination, immediately become nonforfeitable and fully vested, to the extent funded. Furthermore, a “complete discontinuance of contributions” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-2(d) under the Plan shall be treated as a
termination of the Plan for purposes of this subsection. 
 (b) Termination by Employer Other than Company. An
Employer other than the Company cannot at any time terminate this Plan. Such an Employer may, however, cease to participate in this Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company indicating the effective date of such termination of
participation prior to such effective date unless waived by the Company. See Section 11.4 of this Plan. 
 (c)
Distributions Upon Termination. If the Plan is terminated, the Account balances of affected Participants shall be either held in the Trust pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, transferred to another plan maintained by the Controlled Group
which is qualified under Code §401(a), or distributed as soon as administratively feasible pursuant to Rev. Rul. 89-87, in the sole discretion of the Company. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a distribution may not be made upon
termination if the Controlled Group establishes or maintains any other defined contribution plan which is not an employee stock ownership plan. See also Sections 8.7(c)(v) for a similar restriction, and 11.5 for restrictions on transfers. Any
distribution upon Plan termination must not eliminate or reduce an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, if any, (as defined in Treasury regulations under Code §411(d)(6)(B)(i)), or except as permitted under Treasury regulations,
eliminate an optional form of benefit payment, unless the consent requirements of Section 8.7 are satisfied. 
 (d)
Consent to Distribution or Transfer. If the Plan is terminated by the Company, then the Plan may distribute a Participant’s Account balances without the Participant’s consent unless a member of the Controlled Group maintains another
defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)), in which case, the Participant’s Account balances may be transferred without the Participant’s consent to such other defined
contribution plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution from the Plan. 

  
 80 

 (e) Other Special Rules Upon Termination. See Treas. Reg.
§1.411(d)-4(Q&A-2)(b)(2)(iii) and (vi) for special rules regarding amendments which may be made to this Plan upon termination. 

11.4 Termination of Participation in Plan by Employer other than Company. An Employer other than the Company may cease to participate
in this Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company indicating the effective date of such termination of participation prior to such effective date unless waived by the Company, and, in such event, the Account balances of Participants
who are Employees of such Employer or who were Employees of such Employer and who are no longer Employees of any Employer shall be either held in the Trust for the benefit of such Participants and their Beneficiaries pursuant to the provisions of
the Plan, or transferred to another plan of such Employer ceasing participation which is a qualified plan under Code §401(a) if the Company approves of such transfer and if the requirements of Section 11.5 of this Plan are, in the opinion
of the Company in its sole discretion, satisfied. Such other plan of such Employer ceasing participation may be amended or terminated at any time and in any manner by such Employer, subject to the restrictions of subsection (b) of
Section 11.2 herein. 
 11.5 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Assets. 

(a) Code §401(a)(12) Restriction. The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, and its assets
and liabilities may not be transferred to any other trust, unless each Participant, immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then is terminated), would receive a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit he
would have been entitled to receive, and would be entitled to each benefit payment option to which he would have been entitled, immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan is then terminated). 

(b) Code §401(a)(11) Restriction. Subject to subsection (c) below, this Plan may be the recipient of a
transfer of assets from, or may transfer assets to, another plan qualified under Code §401(a) subject to the approval of the Company; provided, however, in no event shall this Plan be the recipient of a direct or indirect transfer of assets if
such receipt would make this Plan a “transferee plan” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)-20(Q&A-5)(a), unless such assets are separately accounted for (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)-20(Q&A-5)(b))
and are subject to the requirements of Code § 401(a)(11). 
 (c) Code §411(d)(6) Restriction. This Plan may
be the recipient of a transfer of assets from, or may transfer assets to, another plan qualified under Code §401(a) in accordance with subsection (b) above only if such transfer satisfies the provisions of Treas. Reg.
§1.411(d)-4(Q&A-3). 
 (d) If another plan is merged into this Plan after the effective date of a change in the plan
qualification requirements of the Code, then the provisions of this Plan that are intended to comply with those changed plan qualification requirements shall be deemed to relate back to, and to apply to, the plan that is merged into this Plan during
periods of time from the effective date of the change in the plan qualification requirements of the Code through the date of the plan merger. 

  
 81 

 11.6 Adoption of Plan by Controlled Group Members. 

(a) Procedures for Adoption of Plan. This Plan may be adopted by any member of the Controlled Group if the following
requirements are met: 
 (i) The member of the Controlled Group wishing to become an Employer must adopt the Plan by the
execution of a formal resolution by such member’s board of directors to adopt this Plan, and such resolution or a merger amendment, as appropriate, shall indicate the effective date of such adoption; and 

(ii) Such document(s) evidencing the adoption of the Plan by the Controlled Group member must be delivered to and accepted in
writing by the Plan Administrator or approved by resolution of the board of directors of the Company. 
 The documents referred to in
paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section shall be attached hereto and made a part of the Plan. Such documents may, in addition to specifying the effective date of the adoption, specify other provisions including, but not limited to, credit
for service prior to the effective date for eligibility and vesting purposes, the appropriate contribution schedule for such adopting Employer, which contribution schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion, and a
different vesting schedule with respect to the Forfeitable Accounts of Participants employed by such adopting Employer, which vesting schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion. Exhibit A hereto shall reflect the
appropriate contribution schedule for each Employer and Exhibit B hereto shall reflect any different vesting schedule applicable to the Forfeitable Accounts of Participants employed by a particular Employer. In the absence of any such
provisions, the terms and provisions of this Plan shall control. 
 (b) Procedures for Withdrawal from Plan. Any
Employer may voluntarily withdraw from participating in the Plan, provided that notice of such intent to discontinue participation is furnished to the Company prior to the effective date of the withdrawal, unless waived by the Company. The Company
unilaterally may terminate an adopting Employer’s participation in the Plan for: 
 (i) failure to timely provide
requested information; 
 (ii) failure to timely make contributions; 

(iii) failure to cooperate with the Company in administering the Plan; or 

(iv) for any other reason that the Company deems appropriate. 

  
 82 

 (c) Transfer of Assets. Upon the voluntary withdrawal or involuntary
termination of an Employer’s participation in the Plan, the Company shall determine the amount of assets and liabilities of the Plan (if any) which shall be transferred to a qualified plan of the withdrawing Employer. This determination shall
be made based upon principles set forth in Code §§401(a)(12) and 414(l) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any transfer of assets and liabilities under this subsection (c) shall comply with the provisions of
Section 11.5. 
 (d) Apportionment of Costs. The Company and all Employers shall share in the costs of the Plan
(other than those costs paid from the Trust Fund in accordance with Section 10.2), including but not limited to, the contributions to the Plan, the costs of the Plan Administrator, the costs of the consultants (actuaries, accountants,
attorneys, etc.) and various other direct and indirect costs of operating the Plan which may initially be borne by the Company or any Employer but which are determined by the Plan Administrator to be costs associated with the Plan. The Plan
Administrator shall apportion these costs to the Company and each Employer as it deems to be equitable. 
 (e)
Cooperation. Each Employer shall cooperate fully with the Company and the Plan Administrator with regard to all matters pertaining to the Plan. Any failure to cooperate will be grounds for the involuntary termination of that Employer’s
participation in the Plan. 

  
 83 

 ARTICLE XII 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 12.1
Participant’s Rights to Employment, Etc. Nothing contained in the Plan or the establishment of the Trust, or any modification thereof, or the creation of any fund or account, or the payment of any benefits, shall be construed to give any
Employee, whether or not a Participant, or any Beneficiary, any rights to continued employment, any legal or equitable right against an Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or the Trustee, or its agents or employees, except as herein
provided. 
 12.2 No Guarantee of Interests. The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee do not guarantee the Trust Fund
from any loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee any payment to any person. The liability of the Trustee, the Employer, and the Plan Administrator to make payments hereunder is limited to the available assets of the Trust Fund. 

12.3 Standard of Conduct. Any person who is a fiduciary with respect to this Plan shall: (i) discharge his duties solely in the
interest of and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan, and shall conduct himself with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under
the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; (ii) act at all times in accordance with the
documents governing the Plan and Trust as they may be amended from time to time; (iii) not engage in nor allow the Plan or Trust to engage in any transaction which is prohibited under ERISA §406 and which is not allowed by ERISA §408
or is prohibited under Code §4975; (iv) not knowingly participate in or conceal an act of another fiduciary under the Plan which he knows to involve a breach of fiduciary duty within the meaning ERISA; and (v) make reasonable efforts
under the circumstances to remedy a breach of duty described in subsection (iv) discovered by him. 
 12.4 Allocation of Duties.
All responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan shall be allocated as follows: 
 (a) The Employer
shall furnish to the Trustee information with respect to service, eligibility, compensation, termination of employment and other matters required or desirable for the purpose of enabling the Trustee to carry out its duties and responsibilities under
this Plan and Trust, and the Trustee may rely upon such information as conclusive proof of any fact or matter. The Employer shall also transmit to the Trustee, all Employer and Employee contributions under the Plan, and the Company shall determine
the amount of all such contributions. 
 (b) The Plan Administrator shall have those duties and responsibilities set forth in
Article X. 
 (c) The Trustee shall have responsibility for managing and administering the Trust Fund subject to the
terms and provisions of this Plan and the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall have responsibility for making benefit payments only upon the specific written direction of the Plan Administrator. 

  
 84 

 12.5 Claims Procedure. 

(a) Filing a Claim. All claims and requests for benefits under the Plan shall be directed to the attention of the Plan
Administrator in writing. The writing must be reasonably calculated to bring the claim to the attention of the Plan Administrator. 

(b) Notification of Denial. If the Plan Administrator determines that any individual who has claimed a right to receive
benefits under the Plan (the “claimant”) is not entitled to receive all or any part of the benefits claimed, the claimant shall be informed in writing of the specific reason or reasons for the denial, with specific reference to pertinent
Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why said material or information is necessary and a description of the review
procedures set forth in subsection (d) below. 
 (c) Timing of Notification. The claimant shall be so notified of
the Plan Administrator’s decision within 90 days after the receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, the Plan Administrator
shall furnish the claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall said extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of said initial period. The extension notice shall indicate
the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a final decision. If for any reason, the claimant is not notified within the period described above, the claim shall be deemed
denied and the claimant may then request review of said denial, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) below. 

(d) Review Procedures. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may, within 60 days after notice of the Plan
Administrator’s decision, request a review of said decision, review pertinent documents and submit to the Plan Administrator such further information as will, in the claimant’s opinion, establish his rights to such benefits. If upon
receipt of this further information, the Plan Administrator determines that the claimant is not entitled to the benefits claimed, the Plan Administrator shall afford the claimant or his representative reasonable opportunity to submit issues and
comments in writing and to review pertinent documents. If the claimant wishes, he may request in writing that the Plan Administrator hold a hearing. The Plan Administrator may, in his discretion, schedule an opportunity for a full and fair hearing
on the issue as soon as is reasonably possible under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall render his final decision with the specific reasons therefor in writing and in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. 

  
 85 

 (e) Timing of Final Decision. The Plan Administrator’s final decision
shall include specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, and shall be transmitted to the claimant by certified mail within 60 days of receipt of claimant’s request for such review, unless special
circumstances require a further extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required
because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. 

(f) Claims Involving Disability. 

(i) Effective for claims filed on or after January 1, 2002, in the case of a claim involving disability, if the claim is
wholly or partially denied by the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall, within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days (unless such period is extended as provided in paragraph (ii) below) after receipt of the claim
by the Plan Administrator, notify the claimant in writing of such denial. Such notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall (A) state the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, (B) make
references to the specific provisions of the Plan and/or Trust Agreement on which the denial of the claim is based, (C) contain a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim and an
explanation of why it is necessary, (D) contain a description of the Plan’s review procedures under paragraph (iii) below, and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring
a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review, and (E) if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination, contain either
the specific rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion, or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination and that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol,
or other similar criterion will be provided free of charge to the claimant upon request. 
 (ii) The 45-day period set forth
above may be extended by the Plan Administrator for up to 30 days, provided that the Plan Administrator determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator and notifies the claimant, prior to
the expiration of the initial 45-day period, of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a decision. Additionally, if, prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the
Plan Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days,
provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period, of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan Administrator expects to render a decision. In
the event of any extension under this paragraph (iii), the notice of extension shall specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional
information needed 

  
 86 

 
to resolve the issues. The claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information. Additionally, in the event that a period of time is extended due to a
claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the
claimant responds to the request for additional information. 
 (iii) Within 180 days after receipt of a notification of a
denial of a claim, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may appeal such denial by filing with the Plan Administrator his written request for a review of his claim. If such an appeal is so filed within 180 days, an appropriate named
fiduciary of the Plan designated by the Plan Administrator shall conduct a full and fair review of such claim. During such full and fair review, the claimant shall be provided with the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and
other information relating to the claim for benefits and reasonable access to and copies of, upon request and free of charge, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. In addition, such full
and fair review shall (A) take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit
determination, (B) not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination, (C) be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary who is neither the individual or body who made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject
of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual or body, (D) provide that, in deciding any appeal of any adverse benefit determination that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the named fiduciary shall consult with a
health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who is neither the individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the
subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of any such individual, and (E) provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the claimant’s adverse benefit
determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the initial benefit determination. The decision of the named fiduciary shall be made in a writing delivered to the claimant within a reasonable time, but in no event later
than 45 days after the receipt of the request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If the named fiduciary determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the
extension shall be furnished to the claimant setting forth the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the named fiduciary expects to render a decision on review, and shall be furnished prior to the termination of
the initial 45-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 45 days from the end of the initial 45-day period. In the case of an adverse benefit determination on review, the notice of the determination (I) shall be written in
a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (II) shall state the specific reasons for the determination, (III) shall make reference(s) to 

  
 87 

 
specific provisions of the Plan and/or Trust Agreement on which the determination is based, (IV) shall contain a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request, and free of
charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, (V) shall contain a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the
claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA, and (VI) if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied
upon in making the adverse determination, shall contain either the specific rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion, or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse
determination and that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided free of charge to the claimant upon request. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the determination on review shall be final and binding
on all interested persons. In performing the duties under this paragraph (iii), the named fiduciary shall have the same powers to interpret the Plan and make factual findings with respect thereto as are granted to the Plan Administrator under the
Plan. 
 12.6 Nonalienation or Assignment; QDRO’s. 

(a) Spendthrift Clause. Except as provided in Section 8.11 above and in subsection (b) below, (i) none of
the benefits under the Plan is subject to the claims of creditors of Participants or their Beneficiaries, and will not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or any other legal process whatsoever, and (ii) neither a Participant nor his
Beneficiaries may assign, sell, borrow on, or otherwise encumber any of his beneficial interest in the Plan and Trust Fund, nor shall any such benefits be in any manner liable for or subject to the deeds, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or
torts of any Participant or Beneficiary. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall honor a judgment, order, decree or settlement providing for the offset of all or a part of a Participant’s benefit under the
Plan, to the extent permitted under Code § 401(a)(13)(C); provided that the requirements of Code § 401(a)(13)(C)(iii) relating to the protection of the Participant’s spouse (if any) are satisfied. 

(b) Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. 

(i) General Rule. The provisions of subsection (a) above shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations
order,” as defined in Code §414(p) and ERISA §206(d)(3), or any other domestic relations order permitted to be treated as a “qualified domestic relations order” by the Plan Administrator under the provisions of the
Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Plan Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. To the extent provided under a
“qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan. 

  
 88 

 (ii) QDRO Procedures. 

(A) Procedure Upon Receipt. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall notify all affected
Participants and any alternate payees (Spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant named in the order) that the order has been received. The Plan Administrator shall also notify the affected Participants and alternate payees
of its procedure for determining whether the domestic relations order is qualified. 
 (B) Procedure During
Determination. During the period the Plan Administrator is determining the qualified status of the order, the Plan Administrator shall separately account for the amount (if any) that would be payable to an alternate payee under this order (if it
were a qualified domestic relations order) during this period. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order during the 18-month period commencing on the date the first payment would be required under the
qualified domestic relations order, then the alternate payee shall receive payment from the separate account. If the Plan Administrator cannot make a determination of the order’s qualified status during this 18-month period (or determines the
order is not a qualified domestic relations order), then the Trustee shall return the amounts in the separate account to the account of the affected Participant as if no court order had been received. 

(iii) QDRO Payouts. 

(A) Payment Upon Receipt of QDRO. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, any amounts of a
Participant’s vested Account balances which, due to the receipt of a domestic relations order determined to be a qualified domestic relations order under paragraph (ii) above, become the vested Account balances of an alternate payee under
such order shall be distributed in the form of a single lump-sum payment to the alternate payee as of the earliest date on which such amounts can be accurately determined and paid, subject to any provisions of the qualified domestic relations order
to the contrary. No written consent of the alternate payee shall be required for this distribution pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.411(a)-11(c)(6). 

(B) Subsequent Additional Amounts. The preceding subparagraph (A) shall apply to any amounts of a
Participant’s vested Account balances which, due to the receipt of a domestic relations order determined to be a qualified domestic relations under subsection (b) above, become the vested Account balances of an alternate payee under such
order after a payment under subparagraph (A) above due to additional vesting, allocation of contributions or earnings, or any other reason. 

  
 89 

 (iv) Status of Alternate Payee. An alternate payee under a qualified
domestic relations order shall be entitled to all rights of a Beneficiary hereunder except as otherwise specified herein. 
 12.7 Plan
Continuance Voluntary. Although it is the intention of the Employer that this Plan shall be continued and that contributions shall be made regularly, this Plan is entirely voluntary on the part of the Employer, and the continuance of the Plan
and the payments hereunder are not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Employer. 
 12.8 Payments to Minors and Others. In
making any distribution to or for the benefit of any minor or incompetent Participant or Beneficiary, or any other Participant or Beneficiary who, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, is incapable of properly using, expending, investing, or
otherwise disposing of such distribution, the Plan Administrator, in the Plan Administrator’s sole and complete discretion may, but need not, order the Trustee to make such distribution to a legal or natural guardian or other relative of such
minor or court appointed committee of any incompetent, or to any adult with whom such person temporarily or permanently resides; and any such guardian, committee, relative, or other person shall have full authority and discretion to expend such
distribution for the use and benefit of such person; and the receipt of such guardian, committee, relative, or other person shall be a complete discharge to the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, and this Plan, without any responsibility on the part
of the Plan Administrator or the Trustee to see to the application of amounts so distributed. 
 12.9 Location of Payee; Unclaimed
Benefits. In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the expiration of a reasonable time after it has become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of
the Plan Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such person, and after further diligent effort (including requests to the Internal Revenue Service under Policy Statement P-1-187), to
ascertain the whereabouts of such person, the amount so distributable shall be paid pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Plan as if the Participant or Beneficiary is deceased. If, for any reason, no Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary can
be found, the amount so distributable shall be forfeited and shall be used to reduce the contributions to the Plan. In the event a proper payee is located subsequent to the benefit being forfeited, the benefit shall be restored, and the Employer
shall make special contributions to this Plan for such purpose. 
 12.10 Governing Law. This Plan shall be administered in the United
States of America, and its validity, construction, and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the United States under ERISA. To the extent that ERISA shall not be held to have preempted local law, the Plan shall be administered under
the laws of the State of Georgia. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective. 

12.11 Correction of Participants’ Accounts. If an error or omission is discovered in the Accounts of a Participant, or in the
amount distributed to a Participant, the Plan Administrator will make such equitable adjustments in the records of the Plan as may be necessary or appropriate to correct such error or omission as of the Plan Year in which such error or omission is
discovered. Further, the Employer may, in its discretion, make a special contribution to the Plan which will be allocated by the Plan Administrator only to the Account of one or more Participants to correct such error or omission. 

  
 90 

 12.12 Action of Employer and Plan Administrator. Except as may be specifically provided,
any action required or permitted to be taken by the Employer or the Plan Administrator may be taken on behalf of such person by any entity or individual who has been delegated the proper authority. 

12.13 Employer Records. Records of the Employer as to an Employee’s or Participant’s period of employment, termination of
employment and the reason therefore, leaves of absence, reemployment, compensation, and elections or designations under this Plan will be conclusive on all persons, unless determined by the Plan Administrator to be incorrect. 

12.14 Gender and Number. Wherever applicable, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine pronoun, and the singular shall include
the plural. 
 12.15 Headings. The titles in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference; they constitute no part of the
Plan, and are not to be considered in the construction hereof. 
 12.16 Liability Limited. To the extent permitted by ERISA and other
applicable law, neither the Plan Administrator nor the Employer shall be liable for any acts of omission or commission in administering the Plan, except for his or its own individual, willful misconduct. The Employer and the Plan Administrator shall
be entitled to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which shall be furnished by an actuary, accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other expert who shall be employed or engaged by the Plan
Administrator or the Employer. 
 12.17 Prohibited Discrimination. This Plan shall be operated and administered in a uniform and
consistent manner with respect to all Participants and in a manner which does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. 

12.18 Legal References. Any references in this Plan to a provision of law which is, subsequent to the Effective Date of this Plan,
revised, modified, finalized or redesignated, shall automatically be deemed a reference to such revised, modified, finalized or redesignated provision of law. 

12.19 Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with
respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code § 414(u). “Qualified military service” means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code) by any
individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service. 
 12.20 Electronic
Means of Communication. Whenever, under this Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary is required or permitted to make an election, provide a notice, give a consent, request a distribution, execute a promissory note or security agreement, or otherwise
communicate with the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee or a delegate of any of them, to the extent permitted by law, the election, notice, consent, distribution request, promissory note or security agreement, or other communication may
be transmitted by means of telephonic or other electronic communication, if the administrative procedures under the Plan provide for such means of communication. 

  
 91 

 12.21 Plan Conversions. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, during
any conversion period, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator may temporarily suspend, in whole or in part, certain provisions of the Plan, which may include, but are not limited to, a
Participant’s right to change his contribution election, a Participant’s right to change his investment election and a Participant’s right to borrow or withdraw from his Account or obtain a distribution from his Account. 

  
 92 

 ARTICLE XIII 

SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLAN YEARS 

13.1 Top-Heavy Provisions. If and only if, this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the following provisions shall apply for such Plan Year
notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary: 
 (a) Minimum Allocation. 

(i) For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (iii) below, the
contributions and forfeitures of members of the Controlled Group allocated on behalf of any Participant (A) who is not a Key Employee and (B) who was employed by an Employer on the last day of such Plan Year shall not be less than the
lesser of 3% of such Participant’s Compensation or, in the case where no member of the Controlled Group has a defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy Code §401, the largest percentage of contributions and forfeitures of
members of the Controlled Group, as a percentage of the Key Employee’s Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. This minimum
allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the Participant’s failure
to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (ii) the Participant’s failure to make Elective Contributions to the Plan, or (iii) the Participant’s Compensation is less than a stated amount. 

(ii) For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 4.2(b)
of the Plan, limited pursuant to Section 1.15(e). 
 (iii) The provision in paragraph (i) above shall not apply to
any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of a member of the Controlled Group and the Employer has provided that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans under Code
§416(c) will be met in the other plan or plans. 
 (iv) For purposes of this subsection (a), Elective Contributions of
Key Employees shall be taken into account, but Elective Contributions of Employees who are not Key Employees shall not be taken into account. 

(v) For purposes of this subsection (a), any Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Matching Contributions shall be taken into
account; however, Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be taken into account. 

  
 93 

 (vi) If an Employer also maintains a defined benefit plan and both this Plan and
the defined benefit plan become Top-Heavy Plans, the minimum allocation provisions in this Article will not be required to be made to both plans. Thus, if both plans are Top-Heavy Plans, the requirements of this Article will be satisfied by
providing the minimum required benefit under the Employer’s defined benefit plan. 
 (b) Minimum Vesting. For any
Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the following minimum vesting schedule will automatically apply in place of the vesting schedule contained in Section 5.2(b) of the Plan: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service Earned by the

Participant
	  	Vested Percentage of the Participant in
Forfeitable Account	 
	 Less than 3 Years
	  	 	0% vested	  
	 3 or more Years
	  	 	100% vested	  

 The minimum vesting schedule applies to all accrued benefits within the meaning of Code § 411(a)(7), including benefits
accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy, except those attributable to Rollover Contributions or Elective Contributions or those forfeited before the Plan became Top- Heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage may
occur in the event the Plan’s status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this subsection (b) does not apply to the Account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become
Top-Heavy and such Employee’s Account balance attributable to contributions and forfeitures of members of the Controlled Group will be determined without regard to this subsection (b). 

13.2 Top-Heavy Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

(a) Top-Heavy Ratio. 

(i) If a member of the Controlled Group maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee
pension plan) and a member of the Controlled Group has never maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date has or had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone, or for the
Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans as of the Determination Date, and the
denominator of which is the sum of all Account balances of all Participants as of the Determination Date, both computed in accordance with Code § 416 and the regulations thereunder. For purposes of this paragraph (i) and paragraph
(ii) below, both the numerator and the denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted by adding back the amount of any distribution of an account balance or 

  
 94 

 
an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date and any contribution not actually made but required to be taken into account under Code § 416 as of the
Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code § 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made
for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, the second preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting a “5-year period” for the “1-year period” described therein. 

(ii) If a member of the Controlled Group maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee
pension plan) and a member of the Controlled Group maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date has or had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or
Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with paragraph (i) above,
and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plans
for all Participants, as determined in accordance with paragraph (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date, all determined in accordance
with Code § 416 and the regulations thereunder. 
 (iii) For purposes of this subsection (a), the value of account
balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code §416 and the regulations
thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year will be disregarded. If an individual has not
performed an Hour of Service for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the Account of such individual) shall not be taken into account in
determining the Top-Heavy Ratio. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. When
aggregating plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. 

(iv) The accrued benefit of any Employee (other than a Key Employee) shall be determined (A) under the method which is
used for accrual purposes for all plans of the Controlled Group, or (B) if there is no method described in clause (A), as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code §411(b)(1)(C). 

  
 95 

 (b) Permissive Aggregation Group. The Required Aggregation Group of plans
plus any other plan or plans of the Controlled Group which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) and 410. 

(c) Required Aggregation Group. (i) Each qualified plan of the Controlled Group in which at least one Key Employee
participates or participated at any time during the determination period (as defined in subsection (f) below) regardless of whether the plan has terminated, and (ii) any other qualified plan of the Controlled Group which enables a plan
described in (i) to meet the requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) and 410. 
 (d) Determination Date. For
any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that year. 

(e) Present Value. For purposes of establishing Present Value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio, any accrued benefit in a
defined benefit plan shall be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the interest rate and mortality table used by the defined benefit plan for determining the actuarial present value of actuarially equivalent benefits unless the
defined benefit plan specifically defines alternative interest and mortality assumptions to be used in determining the Top-Heavy Ratio. If more than one defined benefit plan must be aggregated, the assumptions used will be the assumptions applicable
to the defined benefit plan that has the greatest value of assets as of the Valuation Date coincident with the Determination Date. 

(f) Key Employee. Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
Plan Year was (i) an officer of a member of the Controlled Group if such individual’s annual Compensation exceeds $130,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for years beginning after December 31, 2002 for increases in the
cost of living); (ii) a 5-percent owner of the Employer; or (iii) a 1-percent owner of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For purposes of clause (i) of the preceding sentence, no more than 50 employees
(or, if lesser, the greater of 3 or 10 percent of the Employees) shall be treated as officers. Annual Compensation means Compensation as defined in Code § 415(c)(3), including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement which are excludible from the Employee’s gross income under Code §§ 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 132(f). The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code § 416(i)(1) and the regulations
thereunder. 

  
 96 

 (g) Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following
conditions exist: 
 (i) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required
Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans. 
 (ii) If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of
plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%. 
 (iii) If
this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%. 

  
 97 

 APPENDIX I 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ANNUITY PAYMENTS 

1.1 Forms of Benefit for Certain Accounts. As a consequence of the merger of certain other plans into this Plan, applicable law has
required that particular distribution provisions apply to certain accounts of affected Participants. Therefore, notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, except as noted, the following automatic forms of benefits shall apply with
respect to those Accounts (but no other accounts) of Participants held under this Plan which are expressly stated to be subject to the following provisions of this Appendix (herein “Applicable Accounts”); provided, however, that such
automatic forms of benefits shall not apply to the Boehme’s Accounts (as defined in Section 2.2 of Appendix II), the Holsum Accounts (as defined in Section 3.2 of Appendix III), the Shipley Accounts (as defined in Section 4.2 of
Appendix IV), or the Home Baking Accounts (as defined in Section 7.2 of Appendix VII) that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001: 

(a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 

(i) Definition. A Participant who is married as of his Annuity Starting Date shall automatically have the vested value
of his Applicable Accounts applied to purchase a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless he properly waives the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Such monthly benefit must be of equivalent actuarial value to the amount of monthly retirement
benefit the Participant would receive on his Annuity Starting Date in the form of a straight life annuity with no certain period. 

(ii) Written Explanation. With regard to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described above, the Plan
Administrator shall, no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each Participant who has an Applicable Account, within a reasonable period prior to the commencement of
benefits, a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of
benefit; (iii) the rights of a Participant’s Spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 

(iii) Waiver of Automatic Form. A Participant’s election to waive the payment of his benefit in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be effective only if all of the following requirements are met: (a) such waiver is made during the 90-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date; (b) the election specifies
a form of benefit which may not be changed without spousal consent; (c) the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the form of benefit; (d) such selection by the Participant may not be changed without a consent of the Spouse; and
(e) any such spousal consent acknowledges the effect 

  
 98 

 
of such election and is witnessed by a representative of the Plan Administrator or a notary public. However, spousal consent will not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the
Plan Administrator that such spousal consent cannot be obtained (i) because there is no Spouse, (ii) because the Spouse cannot be located, or (iii) because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by
regulations. Any election by the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be revoked by the Participant during the 90-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. A Participant’s election to waive
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and any revocation of such election may be made solely by an instrument (in a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator) signed by the Participant and filed with the Plan Administrator during such election
period. The Participant or the Participant’s Spouse must furnish evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator of their marriage and of their dates of birth. If a Participant’s benefit commences under the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity and the Participant’s Spouse dies on or after the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and while the Participant is living, the Participant’s reduced benefit will not be increased thereby. 

(b) Life Annuity. A Participant who is not married as of his Annuity Starting Date shall automatically have the value of
his vested Applicable Accounts applied to purchase a straight life annuity with no period certain, unless he elects an optional form under other provisions of this Plan. A Participant electing to receive an optional form must give written consent
not more than 90 days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. 
 (c) Qualified Preretirement Survivor
Annuity. The Surviving Spouse of a Participant (i) who is married at the time of his death, (ii) who has a vested Applicable Account balance, and (iii) who dies before his Annuity Starting Date, shall automatically receive a
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity purchased with the value of the Participant’s vested Applicable Accounts. A Surviving Spouse may, however, elect to receive the value of the Participant’s vested Applicable Accounts in any of the
optional forms allowed under other provisions of this Plan. 
 1.2 Annuities. If an annuity is one of the forms of payment available
to Participants or Beneficiaries under this Plan, the terms of any annuity contract purchased or distributed by the Plan to a Participant or to his Beneficiary shall comply with the requirements of this Plan. Any annuity contract distributed from
the Plan must be nontransferable. 
 1.3 Death On or After Benefit Commencement Date. In the event of the death of a Participant on
or after his Benefit Commencement Date, if the Participant was receiving annuity payments, the benefit, if any, for a Beneficiary shall be determined by the form of annuity which the Participant was receiving, notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan to the contrary. 
 1.4 Valuation of Accounts for Payments. If a Participant or Beneficiary receives his benefit available under
this Plan in the form of an annuity contract under this Appendix, the amount used to purchase such contract for the Participant or Beneficiary shall be determined using the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Benefit Amount valued as of the
date of the distributable event. 

  
 99 

 1.5 Definitions. 

(a) Annuity Starting Date shall mean, with respect to a payee, (i) the first day of the first period for which an
amount is payable as an annuity, or (ii) in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the payee to such benefit, in accordance with Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)-20(Q&A-10)(b), Code §417(f)(2) and Notice 93-26, and determined pursuant to the provisions of this Plan. 

(b) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall mean an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity
for the life of the Participant’s Spouse, under which the Spouse’s monthly benefit is not more than 100% and not less than 50% of the amount of the Participant’s monthly benefit, purchased with the Participant’s entire vested
Applicable Accounts. In the case of a “Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity,” the Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be 50% of the amount of the Participant’s monthly benefit, and in the case of a “Qualified Joint and 100%
Survivor Annuity,” the Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be 100% of the amount of the Participant’s monthly benefit. The exact percentage of the survivor benefit shall be specified under the Plan provisions expressly stating that this
Appendix is applicable. 
 (c) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall mean, with respect to a Participant, an
annuity for the life of the Participant’s Surviving Spouse purchased with the Participant’s entire vested Applicable Account balances. 

  
 100 

 APPENDIX II 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

MRS. BOEHME’S HOLSUM BAKERY, INC. 401(k) 

RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

2.1 General Provisions. Effective as of April 1, 1995 (“Boehme’s Merger Effective Date”), the
Mrs. Boehme’s Holsum Bakery, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan (“Boehme’s Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Boehme’s Plan and
be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Boehme’s Plan for (i) participants participating in the Boehme’s Plan immediately prior to the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date, and
(ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Boehme’s Plan immediately prior to the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date,
automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the Trust accompanying this Plan as set forth in Section 2.3 of this
Appendix. 
 2.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Boehme’s Plan shall be maintained in
separate accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Elective Deferral Contributions”
allocated to a participant under the Boehme’s Plan shall be held in a special segregated Boehme’s Elective Deferral Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14, the Boehme’s Elective Deferral
Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Elective Contributions Account. 
 (b) Amounts transferred
attributable to “Matching Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Boehme’s Plan shall be held in a special segregated Boehme’s Matching Contributions Account. 

(c) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Boehme’s
Plan shall be held in a special segregated Boehme’s Rollover Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii) and 8.14, the Boehme’s Rollover Account shall be considered to be part of the Rollover Contributions Account. 

All such accounts shall be collectively referred to as “Boehme’s Accounts.” 

2.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Boehme’s Plan which are
held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Boehme’s Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of this Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of Appendix I and this Appendix. 
 2.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer.
The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 

  
 101 

 2.5 Forms of Benefits for Boehme’s Accounts. 

(a) In General. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, except as noted, the Boehme’s Accounts
of Participants held under this Plan shall be “Applicable Accounts” for purposes of Appendix I, and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Appendix I. For purposes of Appendix I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity referred
to in such Appendix shall be a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor annuity. 
 (b) Additional Optional Methods. Subject
to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) above, a Participant who has a vested Boehme’s Account balance may elect, by written notice to the Plan Administrator at least 31 days prior to his Annuity Starting Date, that the value of
his Boehme’s Accounts shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash payment, or in the form of an annuity contract, or partly in the form of a lump sum cash payment and partly in the form of an annuity contract; provided, however, that
such forms of benefits shall not apply to Boehme’s Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. The annuity contract shall provide a fixed or variable annuity benefit, or a
combination of a fixed and a variable annuity benefit, as chosen by the Participant. The Plan Administrator shall select the insurance company from which the annuity contract shall be purchased. The following forms of annuity benefit are available
with respect to the Boehme’s Accounts: 
 (i) Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the
Participant will receive fixed monthly payments for life, and upon his death monthly payments in the same amount will continue to the spouse to whom the Participant was married at the time the annuity contract was purchased, for the life of that
spouse. 
 (ii) Term Certain and Life Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive monthly
payments for life, and upon his death prior to the receipt of either 120 or 180 monthly payments (as elected in advance by the Participant), monthly payments in the same amount will continue to the designated beneficiary for the balance of the
120-month or 180-month period (as the case may be). 
 (iii) Contingent Annuitant—Ten Year Certain and Life
Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive monthly payments for life. If the Participant dies before receiving 120 monthly payments, payments will continue in the same amount to a contingent annuitant until a total of
120 monthly payments have been made to the Participant and the contingent annuitant. Thereafter monthly payments equal to 50% or 100% of the monthly payments during the Participant’s lifetime (as elected in advance by the Participant) will
continue to the contingent annuitant for the life of the contingent annuitant. If both the Participant and the contingent annuitant die before a total of 120 monthly payments have been made, payments in the same amount that the contingent annuitant
was receiving will continue to a designated beneficiary until a total of 120 monthly payments have been made. 

  
 102 

 (iv) Flexible Installment Refund Annuity. An annuity benefit under which
the balance in the Boehme’s Accounts will be distributed in monthly payments over the Participant’s life expectancy as determined in accordance with applicable Internal Revenue Service tables. The life expectancy will be redetermined
annually. If the Participant dies, the remaining balance will be distributed to a designated beneficiary in a lump sum. 

(v) Installment Refund Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the balance in the Boehme’s Accounts will be
distributed in monthly payments over a period certain of 5, 10, or 15 years, at the end of which time all payments will stop. If the Participant dies before the end of the period certain that the Participant has selected, payments will continue to a
designated beneficiary for the remainder of the period certain and will then stop. 
 2.6 Benefits Upon Death. In the event of the
death of a Participant prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, then the Participant’s Boehme’s Accounts will be paid to the Surviving Spouse in the form of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Appendix I, Sections
1.1(c) and 1.5(c); provided, however, that such form of benefits shall not apply to Boehme’s Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. 

2.7 Vesting. The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to the Boehme’s Accounts, determined as of April 1,
1995, shall at all times be fully vested to such Participant. On and after April 1, 1995, the Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Boehme’s Plan (excluding the portion of the Account attributable to the
Boehme’s Accounts) shall be vested in accordance with either the following vesting schedule, or the vesting provisions set forth in Section 5.2 of the Plan, whichever results in the greater vested percentage for a Participant: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage
Of the Participant	 
	 Less than 3 years
	  	 	0	% 
	 3 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 4 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 5 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 6 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 7 years or more
	  	 	100	% 

 2.8 In-Service Withdrawals. Amounts in the Boehme’s Elective Deferral Contributions Account
(excluding investment earnings attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. In addition, in the case of a Participant who has a
Boehme’s Rollover Account, such a Participant may elect to withdraw once during each Plan Year any amount up to 100% of the value of that portion of his Account attributable to the Boehme’s Rollover Account. The Participant shall notify
the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal from the Boehme’s Rollover Account. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after the notice is
filed. 

  
 103 

 2.9 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Boehme’s Merger Effective Date, service
with Mrs. Boehme’s Holsum Bakery, Inc. shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of the Controlled
Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of said company who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however,
be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

  
 104 

 APPENDIX III 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

HOLSUM BAKING COMPANY RETIREMENT PLAN 

WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

3.1 General Provisions. Effective as of January 1, 1996 (“Holsum Merger Effective Date”), the Holsum Baking Company
Retirement Plan (“Holsum Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Holsum Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Holsum Plan and be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under the
terms and provisions of the Holsum Plan for (i) participants participating in the Holsum Plan immediately prior to the Holsum Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Holsum Plan
immediately prior to the Holsum Merger Effective Date. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Holsum Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for
said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 3.3 of this Appendix. 

3.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Holsum Plan shall be maintained in separate accounts as
follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Deferral Contributions” allocated to a participant under the
Holsum Plan shall be held in a special segregated Holsum Deferral Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14, the Holsum Elective Deferral Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Elective
Contributions Account. 
 (b) Amounts transferred attributable to “Matching Contributions” allocated to a
participant under the Holsum Plan shall be held in a special segregated Holsum Matching Contributions Account. 
 (c) Amounts
transferred attributable to “Qualified Nonelective Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Holsum Plan shall be held in a special segregated Holsum Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account. 

(d) Amounts transferred attributable to “Discretionary Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Holsum
Plan shall be held in a special segregated Holsum Discretionary Contributions Account. 
 (e) Amounts transferred
attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Holsum Plan shall be held in a special segregated Holsum Rollover Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii) and 8.14, the Holsum
Rollover Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Rollover Contributions Account. 
 All such accounts shall be collectively referred to
in this Appendix III as “Holsum Accounts.” 

  
 105 

 3.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Holsum Merger Effective Date, the assets
of the Holsum Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Holsum Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 3.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer.
The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 

3.5 Additional Forms of Benefit for Holsum Accounts. A Participant who has a vested Holsum Account balance in excess of $5,000 or the
surviving Beneficiary of such a Participant may elect, by written notice to the Plan Administrator, that the value of his Holsum Accounts shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash payment, or in monthly, quarterly or annual installments
over a fixed period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of Participant and his Beneficiary; provided, however, that such forms of benefits shall not apply to Holsum Accounts
that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. 
 3.6 Vesting. The portion of
a Participant’s Account attributable to the Holsum Accounts, determined as of January 1, 1996, shall at all times be fully vested to such Participant. On and after January 1, 1996, the Account of a Participant who was previously a
participant in the Holsum Plan (excluding the portion of the Account attributable to the Holsum Accounts) shall be vested in accordance with the following vesting schedule: 
  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage
Of the Participant	 
	 Less than 1 year
	  	 	0	% 
	 1 year
	  	 	20	% 
	 2 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 3 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 4 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 5 years or more
	  	 	100	% 

 and in all events shall be fully vested upon the Participant’s attainment of age 62 while still in the employ of an
Employer. 
 3.7 In-Service Withdrawals. Amounts in the Holsum Deferral Contributions Account and the Holsum Qualified Nonelective
Contributions Account may be withdrawn by the Participant on or after attaining age 62. Amounts in the Holsum Matching Contributions Account and the Holsum Discretionary Contributions Account may be withdrawn by the Participant on or after attaining
age 62 or completing 30 years of participation in the Holsum Plan and/or the Plan. In addition, in the case of a Participant who has a Holsum Rollover Contributions Account, such a Participant may elect to withdraw once during each Plan Year any
amount up to 100% of the value of that portion of his Account attributable to the Holsum Rollover Contributions Account. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing in a form approved by the Plan Administrator of his election to
make a withdrawal from his Holsum Accounts. Distributions will be made in accordance with such an election within 90 days (or as soon as administratively practicable) after the receipt by the Plan Administrator of a proper distribution request. 

  
 106 

 3.8 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Holsum Merger Effective Date, service with
Holsum Baking Company shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be
effective for all employees of said company who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit
participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

  
 107 

 APPENDIX IV 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

SHIPLEY BAKING COMPANY 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN 

AND TRUST WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

4.1 General Provisions. Effective as of June 1, 1998 (“Shipley Merger Effective Date”), the Shipley Baking Company
401(k) Retirement Plan and Trust (“Shipley Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Shipley Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Shipley Plan and be responsible for payment of all vested benefits
accrued under the terms and provisions of the Shipley Plan for (i) participants participating in the Shipley Plan immediately prior to the Shipley Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits
under the Shipley Plan immediately prior to the Shipley Merger Effective Date. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Shipley Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances.
The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 4.3 of this Appendix. 

4.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Shipley Plan shall be maintained in separate accounts as
follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Salary Deferral Contributions” allocated to a participant
under the Shipley Plan shall be held in a special segregated Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14, the Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of
the Elective Contributions Account. 
 (b) Amounts transferred attributable to “Employer contributions” allocated
to a participant under the Shipley Plan shall be held in a special segregated Shipley Employer Contributions Account. 
 (c)
Amounts transferred attributable to “Voluntary Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Shipley Plan shall be held in a special segregated Shipley Voluntary Contributions Account. 

(d) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Shipley Plan
shall be held in a special segregated Shipley Rollover Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii) and 8.14, the Shipley Rollover Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Rollover Contributions Account.

 All such accounts shall be collectively referred to in this Appendix IV as “Shipley Accounts.” 

4.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Shipley Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Shipley Plan which are held by the
trustee of the trust accompanying the Shipley Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the
Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 

  
 108 

 4.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as
provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 
 4.5
Additional Forms of Benefit for Shipley Accounts. 
 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provisions of this
Plan to the contrary, except as noted, the Shipley Accounts (excluding the Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Accounts) of Participants held under this Plan shall be “Applicable Accounts” for purposes of Appendix I, and shall be subject
to the terms and provisions of Appendix I. For purposes of Appendix I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity referred to in such Appendix shall be a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. 

(b) Additional Optional Methods. Subject to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) above, a Participant who
has a vested Shipley Account balance (which includes amounts other than a Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account), may elect by written notice to the Plan Administrator at least 31 days prior to his Annuity Starting Date, that the value of
his Shipley Accounts (excluding the Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account) shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash payment, or in the form of an annuity contract, or partly in the form of a lump sum cash payment and partly in the
form of an annuity contract; provided, however, that such forms of benefits shall not apply to Shipley Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. The annuity contract shall provide
a fixed or variable annuity benefit, or a combination of a fixed and a variable annuity benefit, as chosen by the Participant. The Plan Administrator shall select the insurance company from which the annuity contract shall be purchased. The
following forms of annuity benefit are available with respect to the Shipley Accounts (excluding the Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Accounts): 

(i) Joint and Survivor Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive fixed monthly payments for
life, and upon his death monthly payments in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the monthly amount in effect during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse will be made to the spouse to whom the Participant was married at the
time the annuity contract was purchased, for the life of that spouse. 
 (ii) Term Certain and Life Annuity. An
annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive monthly payments for life, and upon his death prior to the receipt of a specified number of monthly payments (as elected in advance by the Participant), monthly payments in the same amount
will continue to the designated beneficiary for the balance of the specified period. 

  
 109 

 (iii) Contingent Annuitant—Term Certain and Life Annuity. An annuity benefit
under which the Participant will receive monthly payments for life. If the Participant dies before receiving a specified number of monthly payments, payments will continue in the same amount to a contingent annuitant until that specified number of
monthly payments have been made to the Participant and the contingent annuitant. Thereafter monthly payments equal to a percentage of the monthly payments during the Participant’s lifetime (as elected in advance by the Participant) will
continue to the contingent annuitant for the life of the contingent annuitant. If both the Participant and the contingent annuitant die before the specified number of monthly payments have been made, payments in the same amount that the contingent
annuitant was receiving will continue to a designated beneficiary until the specified number of monthly payments have been made. 

(iv) in the form of periodic installments payable not less often than annually for a period not to exceed the joint life
expectancy of the Participant and his designated beneficiary. 
 (v) in any combination of the foregoing. 

4.6 Benefits Upon Death. In the event of the death of a Participant prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, then the Participant’s
Shipley Accounts will be paid to the Surviving Spouse in the form of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Appendix I, Sections 1.1(c) and 1.5(c); provided, however, that such form of benefits shall not apply to Shipley
Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. 
 4.7 Vesting. The
portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to the Shipley Accounts, determined as of June 1, 1998, shall at all times be fully vested to such Participant. On and after June 1, 1998, the Account of a Participant who was previously
a participant in the Shipley Plan (excluding the portion of the Account attributable to the Shipley Accounts) shall be vested in accordance with either the following vesting schedule, or the vesting provisions set forth in Section 5.2 of the
Plan, whichever results in the greater vested percentage for a Participant: 
  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage
Of the Participant	 
	 Less than 3 years
	  	 	0	% 
	 3 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 4 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 5 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 6 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 7 years or more
	  	 	100	%. 

 4.8 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Amounts in the Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account (excluding investment earnings attributable to periods after
December 31, 1988) may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. 

  
 110 

 (b) A Participant who has attained the age of
59 1⁄2 may withdraw all or a portion of his Shipley Salary Deferral Contributions Account, including earnings, if any. Distribution shall be made to the
Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the request is received. 
 (c) In addition, in the case of a
Participant who has a Shipley Rollover Contributions Account, such a Participant may elect to withdraw any amount up to 100% of the value of that portion of his Account attributable to the Shipley Rollover Contributions Account. The Participant
shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal from the Shipley Rollover Contributions Account. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 30 days
after the notice is filed. Any such withdrawal shall be subject to Appendix I and Section 4.5 above. 
 (d) In addition,
in the case of a Participant who has a Shipley Voluntary Contributions Account, such a Participant may elect to withdraw all or any part of the balance of his Shipley Voluntary Contributions Account. The Participant shall notify the Plan
Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal from the Shipley Voluntary Contributions Account. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 30 days after the notice is
filed. Any such withdrawal shall be subject to Appendix I and Section 4.5 above. 
 4.9 Hours of Service. Effective as of the
Shipley Merger Effective Date, service with Shipley Baking Company shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of
the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of said company who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall
not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

  
 111 

 APPENDIX V 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

FRANKLIN BAKING COMPANY, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND 

THE FRANKLIN BAKING COMPANY, INC. 

401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

5.1 General Provisions. Effective as of December 31, 1998 (“Franklin Merger Effective Date”), the Franklin Baking
Company, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (“Franklin Profit Sharing Plan”) and the Franklin Baking Company, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (“Franklin 401(k) Plan”; the Franklin Profit Sharing Plan and the Franklin 401(k) Plan are
sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Franklin Plans”) are merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Franklin Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Franklin Plans and be responsible for payment of
all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Franklin Plans for (i) participants participating in the Franklin Plans immediately prior to the Franklin Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and
beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Franklin Plans immediately prior to the Franklin Merger Effective Date. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Franklin Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan
with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 5.3 of this Appendix. 

5.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Franklin Plans shall be maintained in separate accounts as
follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Deferral Contributions” allocated to a participant under the
Franklin 401(k) Plan shall be held in a special segregated Franklin Deferral Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14, the Franklin Deferral Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Elective
Contributions Account. 
 (b) Amounts transferred attributable to contributions allocated to a participant under the Franklin
Profit Sharing Plan shall be held in a special segregated Franklin Profit Sharing Contributions Account. 
 (c) Amounts
transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Franklin Plans shall be held in a special segregated Franklin Rollover Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii) and 8.14,
the Franklin Rollover Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Rollover Contributions Account. 
 All such accounts shall be collectively
referred to in this Appendix V as “Franklin Accounts.” 
 5.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Franklin Merger
Effective Date, the assets of the Franklin Plans which are held by the trustees of the trusts accompanying the Franklin Plans shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying
Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 

  
 112 

 5.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as
provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 
 5.5
Additional Forms of Benefit for Franklin Accounts. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the Franklin Accounts shall be distributable in the form of a single lump sum payment or in installment payments over a period
certain in monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual cash payments; provided, however, that such forms of benefits shall not apply to Franklin Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1,
2001. The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the Participant’s life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary. 

5.6 Vesting. On and after December 31, 1998, the Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Franklin Plans
(including the portion of the Account attributable to the Franklin Accounts) shall be vested in accordance with either the following vesting schedule, or the vesting provisions set forth in Section 5.2 of the Plan, whichever results in the
greater vested percentage for a Participant: 
  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage
Of the Participant	 
	 Less than 2 years
	  	 	0	% 
	 2 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 3 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 4 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 5 years
	  	 	100	%. 

 5.7 In-Service Withdrawals. Amounts in the Franklin Deferral Contributions Account (excluding
investment earnings attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. 

5.8 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Franklin Merger Effective Date, service with Franklin Baking Company shall be treated as
service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of said
company who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the
adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

  
 113 

 APPENDIX VI 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

PIES, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

6.1 General Provisions. Effective as of January 1, 1997 (“Pies Merger Effective Date”), the Pies, Inc. Retirement
Savings Plan (“Pies Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Pies Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Pies Plan and be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and
provisions of the Pies Plan for (i) participants participating in the Pies Plan immediately prior to the Pies Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Pies Plan immediately prior
to the Pies Merger Effective Date. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Pies Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of
benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 6.3 of this Appendix. 
 6.2
Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Pies Plan shall be maintained in separate accounts as follows: 

(a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Retirement Savings Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Pies
Plan shall be held in a special segregated Pies Retirement Savings Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14, the Pies Retirement Savings Contribution Account shall be considered to be part of the Elective
Contributions Account. 
 (b) Amounts transferred attributable to Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions
allocated to a participant under the Pies Plan shall be held in a special segregated Pies Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions Account. 

(c) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Pies Plan shall
be held in a special segregated Pies Rollover Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, 8.11(a)(xvii) and 8.14, the Pies Rollover Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Rollover Contributions Account. 

All such accounts shall be collectively referred to in this Appendix VI as “Pies Accounts.” 

6.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Pies Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Pies Plan which are held by the trustee
of the trust accompanying the Pies Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan,
including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 6.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as
provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 

  
 114 

 6.5 Vesting. Participants who were hired by Pies, Inc. prior to July 1, 1996 shall be
fully vested at all times in their Pies Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions Account. 
 6.6 In-Service Withdrawals.
Amounts in the Pies Retirement Savings Contributions Account (excluding investment earnings attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this
Plan. 
 6.7 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Pies Merger Effective Date, service with Pies, Inc. shall be treated as service
with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of said company who
remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof
by the Employer in question. 

  
 115 

 APPENDIX VII 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

HOME BAKING COMPANY, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 

401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

7.1 General Provisions. Effective as of December 31, 1999 (“Home Baking Merger Effective Date”), the Home Baking
Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (“Home Baking Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Home Baking Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Home Baking Plan and
be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Home Baking Plan for (i) participants participating in the Home Baking Plan immediately prior to the Home Baking Merger Effective Date, and
(ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Home Baking Plan immediately prior to the Home Baking Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Such participants and
beneficiaries shall, as of the Home Baking Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust
accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 7.3 of this Appendix. 
 7.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each
participant in the Home Baking Plan shall be maintained in separate accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred
attributable to “Deferral Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Home Baking Plan shall be held in a special segregated Home Baking Deferral Contributions Account. For purposes of Sections 8.10, and 8.11(a)(xvii), and 8.14,
the Home Baking Deferral Contributions Account shall be considered to be part of the Elective Contributions Account. 
 (b)
Amounts transferred attributable to nonelective contributions allocated to a participant under the Home Baking Plan shall be held in a special segregated Home Baking Profit Sharing Contributions Account. 

(c) Amounts transferred attributable to employer matching contributions under the Home Baking Plan shall be held in a special
segregated Home Baking Matching Contributions Account. 
 All such accounts shall be collectively referred to in this Appendix VII as
“Home Baking Accounts.” 
 7.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Home Baking Merger Effective Date, the assets
of the Home Baking Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Home Baking Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive
benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 

  
 116 

 7.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as
provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 
 7.5
Additional Forms of Benefit for Home Baking Accounts. 
 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provisions of
this Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.5, the Home Baking Accounts of Participants held under this Plan shall be “Applicable Accounts” for purposes of Appendix I, and shall be subject to the terms
and provisions of Appendix I. For purposes of Appendix I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity referred to in such Appendix shall be a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. 

(b) Additional Optional Methods. Subject to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) above, a Participant who
has a vested Home Baking Account balance may elect, by written notice to the Plan Administrator at least 31 days prior to his Annuity Starting Date, that the value of his Home Baking Accounts shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash
payment, or in the form of an annuity contract, or in the form of periodic installments payable not less often than annually for a period not to exceed the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary; provided, however,
that such forms of benefits shall not apply to Home Baking Accounts that become payable, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, on or after September 1, 2001. The Plan Administrator shall select the insurance company from which the
annuity contract shall be purchased. The following forms of annuity benefit are available with respect to the Home Baking Accounts: 

(i) Joint and Survivor Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive fixed monthly payments for
life, and upon his death monthly payments in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount in effect during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse (or, if the spouse consents to another joint annuitant, during the joint lives of the
Participant and another joint annuitant) will be made to the spouse to whom the Participant was married at the time the annuity contract was purchased (or, if the spouse consents to another joint annuitant, to such other joint annuitant), for the
life of the spouse or other joint annuitant. 
 (ii) Life Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will
receive monthly payments for his life, and upon his death payments will stop. 
 7.6 Vesting. On and after December 31, 1999,
the Matching Elective Contributions Account, Company Basic Contributions Account, Home Baking Profit Sharing Contributions Account, and Home Baking Matching Contributions Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Home Baking
Plan shall be vested in accordance with either the following vesting schedule, or the vesting provisions set forth in Section 5.2 of the Plan, whichever results in the greater vested percentage for a Participant: 

 

					
	 Years of Vesting Service

Earned by the Participant
	  	Vested Percentage
Of the Participant	 
	 Less than 2 years
	  	 	0	% 
	 2 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 3 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 4 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 5 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 6 years or more
	  	 	100	%. 

  
 117 

 7.7 In-Service Withdrawals. Amounts in the Home Baking Deferral Contributions Account
(excluding investment earnings attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) and in the Home Baking Profit Sharing Contributions Account may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan.

 7.8 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Home Baking Merger Effective Date, service with Home Baking Company, Inc. shall be
treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when said company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of
said company who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date the company became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the
adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

  
 118 

 APPENDIX VIII 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

IDEAL BAKING 401(k) PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

8.1 General Provisions. Effective as of February 1, 2005 (“Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date”), the Ideal Baking 401(k)
Plan (“Ideal Baking Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Ideal Baking Plan and be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under
the terms and provisions of the Ideal Baking Plan for (i) participants participating in the Ideal Baking Plan immediately prior to the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits
under the Ideal Baking Plan immediately prior to the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as of the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date,
automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 8.3 of this
Appendix. 
 8.2 Separate Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Ideal Baking Plan shall be maintained in
separate accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “deferral contributions” allocated to a
participant under the Ideal Baking Plan shall be held in a special segregated “Ideal Baking Deferral Contribution Account.” 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to employer matching contributions under the Ideal Baking Plan shall be held in a special
segregated “Ideal Baking Employer Contribution Account.” 
 (c) Amounts transferred attributable to employer
contributions under the Ideal Baking Plan when that plan was a money purchase pension plan shall be held in a special segregated “Ideal Baking Second Employer Contribution Account.” 

(d) Amounts transferred attributable to employee after-tax contributions that were made under the Ideal Baking Plan when that
plan was a money purchase pension plan shall be held in a special segregated “Ideal Baking After Tax Source” account. 
 All such accounts shall
be collectively referred to in this Appendix VIII as “Ideal Baking Accounts.” 
 8.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as
of the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Ideal Baking Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Ideal Baking Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of
the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 

  
 119 

 8.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as
provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 
 8.5
Additional Forms of Benefit for Ideal Baking Accounts. 
 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provisions of
this Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.5, the Ideal Baking Accounts of Participants held under this Plan shall be “Applicable Accounts” for purposes of Appendix I, and shall be subject to the terms
and provisions of Appendix I. For purposes of Appendix I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity referred to in such Appendix shall be a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. 

(b) Additional Optional Methods. Subject to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) above, a Participant who
has a vested Ideal Baking Account balance may elect, by written notice to the Plan Administrator at least 31 days prior to his Annuity Starting Date, that the value of his Ideal Baking Accounts shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash
payment, or in the form of an annuity contract, or in the form of periodic installments payable not less often than annually for a period not to exceed the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary. The Plan
Administrator shall select the insurance company from which the annuity contract shall be purchased. The following forms of annuity benefit are available with respect to the Ideal Baking Accounts: 

(i) Joint and Survivor Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive fixed monthly payments for
life, and upon his death monthly payments in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount in effect during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse (or, if the spouse consents to another joint annuitant, during the joint lives of the
Participant and another joint annuitant) will be made to the spouse to whom the Participant was married at the time the annuity contract was purchased (or, if the spouse consents to another joint annuitant, to such other joint annuitant), for the
life of the spouse or other joint annuitant. 
 (ii) Life Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the Participant will
receive monthly payments for his life, and upon his death payments will stop. 
 (iii) Term Certain and Life Annuity.
An annuity benefit under which the Participant will receive monthly payments for life, and upon his death prior to the receipt of 60, 120, or 180 monthly payments (as elected in advance of the commencement of benefits by the Participant), either
(A) monthly payments in this same amount will continue to the designated beneficiary for the balance of the 60-month, 120-month, or 180-month period (as the case may be), or (B) if the Participant so elects in advance of the commencement
of benefits, the remaining payments after the death of the Participant will be commuted and paid in a single sum to the beneficiary designated by the Participant. 

  
 120 

 (iv) Survivorship Annuity with Installment Refund. An annuity benefit
under which the Participant will receive monthly payments for life. If the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, monthly payments equal to 50%,
66 2⁄3%, or 100% of the monthly payments during the Participant’s lifetime (as elected in advance by the Participant) will continue to a contingent
annuitant for the life of the contingent annuitant. If both the Participant and the contingent annuitant die after the Annuity Starting Date, but before total payments have equaled the value of the Ideal Baking Accounts immediately prior to the
Annuity Starting Date, the remaining balance of the Ideal Baking Accounts shall be paid to a designated beneficiary in the form of monthly installment payments. Each monthly payment to the beneficiary will be in the same amount as the last monthly
payment made prior to the commencement of payments to the Beneficiary. 
 (v) Single Life Installment Refund Annuity.
An annuity benefit under which the Ideal Baking Accounts will be distributed in monthly payments for the life of the Participant. If the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date and before the total monthly payments to him or her equal the
amount of the Ideal Baking Accounts immediately prior to the Annuity Starting Date, then monthly payments will continue to his or her designated beneficiary until the total of the monthly payments made to both the Participant and the beneficiary
equal the value of the Ideal Baking Accounts immediately prior to the Annuity Starting Date. The Participant must designate the beneficiary to whom the remaining payments (if any) are to be made prior to the commencement of benefits to the
Participant. 
 (vi) Fixed Period Annuity. An annuity benefit under which the balance in the Ideal Baking Accounts
will be distributed in monthly payments over a period certain of not less than 5 years (which shall be elected by the Participant in advance), at the end of which time all payments will stop. If the Participant dies after the Annuity Starting Date
but before payments to him or her have been made for the stated period of time, (A) payments will continue to a designated beneficiary and then stop, or alternatively, (B) if the Participant so elects prior to the Annuity starting Date,
the remaining payments for the fixed period will be commuted and paid in a single sum to the beneficiary, and no further payments will be made. 

8.6 Vesting. On and after January 1, 2003, the Ideal Baking Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Ideal
Baking Plan shall be fully (100%) vested. 
 8.7 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Amounts in the Ideal Baking Deferral Contribution Account (excluding investment earnings (if any) attributable to periods
after December 31, 1988) and the Ideal Baking Employer Contribution Account may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. 

  
 121 

 (b) In addition, amounts in both the Ideal Baking Deferral Contribution Account
and in the Ideal Baking Employer Contribution Account may be withdrawn by a Participant upon or after the Participant’s attainment of the age of 59 1⁄2.

 (c) Amounts in the Ideal Baking After Tax Source account may be withdrawn by the Participant in any amount up to the full
remaining balance of such account in accordance with procedures to be specified by the Plan Administrator. 
 8.8 Hours of Service.
Effective as of the Ideal Baking Merger Effective Date, service with Ideal Baking Company, Inc. or Cochran Distributing Company, Inc. shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have
been rendered prior to the time when Ideal Baking Company, Inc. and Cochran Distributing Company, Inc. became members of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of said companies who remained or became employed by
any member of the Controlled Group as of the date those companies became members of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question.

  
 122 

 APPENDIX IX 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

HOLSUM SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

9.1 General Provisions. Effective as of a date (“Phoenix Merger Effective Date”) to be determined by the Plan Administrator
of the Plan, in his discretion upon the advice of counsel, the Holsum Savings Plan (“Phoenix Savings Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Phoenix
Savings Plan and be responsible for payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Phoenix Savings Plan for (i) participants participating in the Phoenix Savings Plan immediately prior to the Phoenix Merger
Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Phoenix Savings Plan immediately prior to the Phoenix Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them.
Collectively the persons described in clause (i) and clause (ii) of the preceding sentence are referred to herein as “Phoenix Participants.” The Phoenix Participants shall, as of the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, automatically
become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances; provided, however, that any Phoenix Participants who are included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between their collective bargaining
representative and their employer shall not be eligible to make additional salary deferral contributions to the Plan until such time as the applicable collective bargaining agreement provides for their participation in the Plan. The Plan shall
provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 9.3 of this Appendix. 

9.2 Separate Accounting. Certain portions of the account balances of each participant in the Phoenix Savings Plan shall be maintained
in separate accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to employer Matching Contributions under the
Phoenix Savings Plan that are not “safe harbor” employer Matching Contributions under Code § 401(k)(12) shall be held in a special segregated “Phoenix Employer Matching Contributions Account.” 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to employer Matching Contributions under the Phoenix Savings Plan that are
“safe harbor” Matching Contributions under Code § 401(k)(12) and Section 5.1(e) of the Phoenix Savings Plan shall be held in a special segregated “Phoenix Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account.”

 (c) Amounts transferred attributable to employer Discretionary Contributions under the Phoenix Savings Plan that are
not “qualified non-elective contributions” under Section 5.1(h) of the Phoenix Savings Plan shall be held in a special segregated “Phoenix Employer Discretionary Contributions Account.” 

All such accounts shall be referred to collectively in this Appendix IX as “Phoenix Accounts.” 

  
 123 

 9.3 Commingled Accounting. Certain portions of the account balances of each participant in
the Phoenix Savings Plan which are transferred to this Plan pursuant to this Article IX shall be maintained as follows: 

(a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Pre-Tax Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Phoenix Savings
Plan shall be held in the Participant’s Elective Contributions Account under Section 6.1(a) of this Plan. 
 (b)
Amounts transferred attributable to employer Discretionary Contributions under the Phoenix Savings Plan that are “qualified non-elective contributions” under Section 5.1(h) of the Plan and under Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) shall be held in the Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account under Section 6.1(d) of this Plan. 

(c) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a participant under the Phoenix Savings
Plan shall be held in the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account under Section 6.1(f) of this Plan. 
 9.4 Transfer of
Plan Assets. Effective as of the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Phoenix Savings Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Phoenix Savings Plan, including without limitation promissory notes related to
loans that the trustee of the Phoenix Savings Plan has made to participants under the participant loan program of the Phoenix Savings Plan, shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its
accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 

9.5 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the
condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of this Plan is satisfied. 
 9.6 Participant Loans under Phoenix Savings
Plan. Effective as of the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, the Participants in this Plan who previously were Phoenix Participants and who had borrowed from their accounts under the Phoenix Savings Plan, shall continue to repay those loans in
accordance with the repayment schedule that applied previously under the Phoenix Plan, provided that that repayment schedule complies with applicable Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor guidelines. Following the Phoenix Merger Effective
Date, the provisions of Section 8.11 of this Plan shall apply to the repayment of such existing loans. Following the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, the provisions of Section 8.11 shall apply to any new loans that Participants take out
under this Plan. 
 9.7 Vesting. 

(a) On and after May 3, 2010, the Phoenix Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Phoenix Savings
Plan shall be fully (100%) vested. 
 (b) On and after May 3, 2010, the Matching Elective Contributions Account
under the Plan of a Participant who was first credited with an hour of service with Holsum Bakery, Inc. prior to May 3, 2010 shall be fully (100%) vested at all times. 

  
 124 

 9.8 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Article IX and held in the Elective Contributions Account (excluding
investment earnings (if any) attributable to periods after December 31, 1988), the Phoenix Employer Matching Contributions Account, and the Phoenix Employer Discretionary Contributions Account may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance
with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. Amounts in the Phoenix Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account and amounts in the Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account may not be withdrawn pursuant to this
Section 9.8(a) of Appendix IX. 
 (b) Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Article IX and held in the
Elective Contributions Account, the Phoenix Employer Matching Contributions Account, the Phoenix Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, the Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account (as provided in Section 8.14 of the Plan), and
the Phoenix Employer Discretionary Contributions Account may be withdrawn by a Participant upon or after the Participant’s attainment of the age of 59 1⁄2
years. 
 (c) Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Article IX and held in the Rollover Contributions Account may
be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.15 of this Plan. 
 9.9 Hours of Service.
Effective as of the Phoenix Merger Effective Date, service with Holsum Bakery, Inc. shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when Holsum Bakery,
Inc. became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of Holsum Bakery, Inc. who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date Holsum Bakery, Inc. became a member of the
Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

9.10 Special Rule for 2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of the Phoenix Savings Plan, a participant who
would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code § 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (i) equal
to the 2009 RMDs or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the participant, the joint lives (or
joint life expectancy) of the participant and the participant’s designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the participant or beneficiary
affirmatively chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will have the opportunity to elect to receive or continue to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence, if
they wish to do so. In addition, notwithstanding any provision of the Phoenix Savings Plan relating to eligible rollover distributions, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, certain additional distributions
in 2009 will be treated as eligible rollover distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the Phoenix Savings Plan, the following will also be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009: 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs
(both as defined in this Section 9.10). 

  
 125 

 APPENDIX X 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

DERST BAKING COMPANY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

10.1 General Provisions. Effective as of January 11, 2011 (“Derst Merger Effective Date”), the Derst Baking Company
401(k) Savings Plan (“Derst Savings Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Derst Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Derst Savings Plan and be responsible for the payment of all vested benefits
accrued under the terms and provisions of the Derst Savings Plan for (a) participants participating in the Derst Savings Plan immediately prior to the Derst Merger Effective Date, and (b) former participants and beneficiaries with vested
benefits under the Derst Savings Plan immediately prior to the Derst Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Collectively, the persons described in clause (a) and clause (b) of the preceding
sentence are referred to herein as “Derst Participants.” The Derst Participants shall, as of the Derst Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for
said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 10.4 of this Appendix. 

10.2 Separate Accounting. Certain portions of the account balances of each participant in the Derst Savings Plan shall be maintained in
separate sub-accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to the MPP Accounts under the Derst Savings Plan
shall be held in a special segregated “Derst Prior MPP Account.” The Derst Prior MPP Account of a Participant is sometimes referred to in this Appendix X simply as the “MPP Account.” 

(b) Derst Participants who participated in the Derst Baking Company Money Purchase Pension Plan prior to December 24, 1994
and who made after-tax contributions may have a Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account, which will be a sub-account of the Derst Prior MPP Account. 

All such accounts shall be referred to collectively in this Appendix X as “Derst Accounts.” 

10.3 Commingled Accounting. Certain portions of the account balances of each participant in the Derst Savings Plan which are
transferred to this Plan pursuant to this Article X shall be maintained as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable
to “Pre-Tax Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the Derst Savings Plan shall be held in the Participant’s Elective Contributions Account under Section 6.1(a) of this Plan. 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to Profit Sharing Contributions under the Derst Savings Plan that are not “Safe
Harbor Contributions” under the Derst Plan and under Code § 401(k)(12) (sometimes referred to as “Employer Non-Elective Contributions”) shall be held in the Participant’s sub-account of the Company Basic Contributions
Account under this Plan that holds Company Basic Contributions. 

  
 126 

 (c) Amounts transferred attributable to Profit Sharing Contributions under
Section 5.01(a) of the Derst Savings Plan that are intended to be “Safe Harbor Contributions” under the Derst Plan and under Code § 401(k)(12) (sometimes referred to as “Derst Safe Harbor Contributions”) shall be held
in the sub-account of the Company Basic Contributions Account under this Plan that holds Company Basic Contributions that are safe harbor contributions under Code § 401(k). 

10.4 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Derst Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Derst Savings Plan which are held by
the trustee of the trust accompanying the Derst Savings Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries
under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 10.5 Conditions for Merger and Transfer. The merger of plans and
transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of this Plan is satisfied. 

10.6 Vesting. 

(a) On and after the Derst Merger Effective Date, the Derst Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the
Derst Savings Plan shall be fully (100%) vested. 
 (b) On and after the Derst Merger Effective Date, the Company Basic
Contributions Account under the Plan of a Derst Participant shall be fully (100%) vested at all times. 
 10.7 Additional Forms of
Benefit for MPP Accounts. 
 (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, except
as otherwise provided in this Section 10.7, the MPP Accounts of Derst Participants held under this Plan shall be “Applicable Accounts” for purposes of Appendix I, and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Appendix I. For
purposes of Appendix I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity referred to in such Appendix shall be a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. 

(b) Additional Methods. Subject to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) above, a Participant who has a
vested MPP Account balance may elect, by written notice to the Plan Administrator at least 31 days prior to his Annuity Starting Date, that the value of his MPP Account shall be distributed in the form of a lump-sum cash payment, or in the form of
an annuity contract. The Plan Administrator shall select the insurance company from which the annuity contract shall be purchased. The following forms of annuity benefit are available with respect to the MPP Account: 

(i) Automatic Forms of Payment. 

(A) Life Annuity (Unmarried Participants). If a Participant does not have a Spouse on his Annuity Starting Date, the
Participant’s 

  
 127 

 
MPP Account shall be payable as a Life Annuity described below unless the Participant otherwise elects under paragraph (ii) of this Section 10.7(b). A Life Annuity is an annuity
purchased with the Participant’s MPP Account balance that provides level monthly payments during the Participant’s lifetime, with payments ceasing upon the Participant’s death. (See also Section 1.1(b) of Appendix I.) 

(B) Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity (Married Participants). If a Participant has a Spouse on his Annuity
Starting Date, the Participant’s MPP Account shall be payable as a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity described below unless the Participant (with the consent of his or her Spouse) otherwise elects under paragraph (ii) of this
Section 10.7(b). A Qualified Joint & 50% Survivor Annuity is an annuity purchased with the Participant’s MPP Account balance that provides level monthly payments to the Participant for his or her lifetime, and upon the
Participant’s death, 50% of such monthly payment shall be payable on a monthly basis to the Participant’s surviving Spouse for the remainder of the surviving Spouse’s lifetime. Payments under the Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor
Annuity shall cease on the later of the death of the Participant or the death of the Participant’s surviving Spouse. 

(ii) Optional Forms of Payment. 

(A) Within 180 days prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Participant may elect to receive a distribution
of his or her MPP Account in any one of the following optional forms of payment in lieu of the automatic form of payment described in paragraph (i) of this Section 10.7(b). 

(I) Lump-Sum Cash Payment. 

(II) Joint and 75% Survivor Annuity. If a Participant has a Spouse on his or her Annunity Starting Date, the
Participant may elect a Joint and 75% Survivor Annuity, which is an annuity purchased with the Participant’s MPP Account balance that provides level monthly payments to the Participant for his or her lifetime, and upon the Participant’s
death, 75% of such monthly payment shall be payable on a monthly basis to the Participant’s surviving Spouse for the remainder of the surviving Spouse’s lifetime. Payments under the Joint and 75% Survivor Annuity shall cease on the later
of the death of the Participant or the death of the Participant’s surviving Spouse. 
 (B) A married Participant’s
election to receive an optional form of payment shall be valid only if the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing on a form provided by the Plan Administrator in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant’s
election. In 

  
 128 

 
addition, the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that the Spouse’s
consent cannot be obtained because he or she has no Spouse, because the Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Plan Administrator may treat the Participant’s election as
an election for which the consent of the Spouse was obtained. 
 (C) A Participant may revoke his election of an optional
form of payment or make a new election (provided any required consent is obtained) at any time prior to his Annuity Starting Date. Furthermore, the Participant’s election shall cease to be valid upon the marriage of the Participant or upon the
remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to the Participant’s election. If the Participant revokes his or her election or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, the Participant’s
distribution pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall be payable under the applicable automatic form of payment described in paragraph (i) of this Section 10.7(b). 

(D) Prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall provide an election form on which the
Participant may elect an optional form of benefit. In addition to the election form, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant with a written explanation of the applicable automatic form of payment described in paragraph (i) of this
Section 10.7(b) and the optional forms of payment described in paragraph (ii) of this Section 10.7(b). Such explanation shall describe the circumstances under which a Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity will be provided, and an
explanation of the financial effect of electing not to have such form of annuity payment. If a Participant makes a request for additional information that is received within the period of 180 days prior to the date on which Distribution of the MPP
Account is to commence, such information must be furnished within 30 days. The Participant will then be entitled to a period of not less than 30 days in which to make or change an election, even if such 30-day period extends beyond the
Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and, in such case, the Participant’s first payment shall be made after such election form has been received, on a retroactive basis, if necessary. 

The written explanation described above may be provided after the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. The 180-day applicable election
period to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity described in Code § 417(a)(6)(A), shall not end before the 30th day after the date on which such explanation is provided. The U.S. Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations limit the
period of time by which the Annuity Starting Date precedes the provisions of the written explanation other than by providing that the Annuity Starting Date may be earlier than the Participant’s Termination Date. 

  
 129 

 A Participant may elect (with any applicable consent of the Spouse) to waive any requirement
that the written explanation be provided at least 30 days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date (or to waive the 30-day requirement) if the Distribution of the MPP Account commences more than 7 days after such explanation is provided.

 (iii) Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 

(A) If a married Derst Participant who has an MPP Account dies prior to the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant’s
Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly benefit known as a “Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.” The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is an annuity purchased with the applicable portion of the Participant’s MPP Account (not less than 50%)
which provides the Participant’s Spouse with level monthly payments commencing within 90 days after the Participant’s death and ending on the death of the surviving Spouse. The surviving Spouse may elect to receive the Participant’s
MPP Account in the form of a lump-sum payment in lieu of a Pre Retirement Survivor Annuity. If the Participant is unmarried on the date of his or her death, the MPP Account shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump
sum. 
 (B) If a married Derst Participant who has an MPP Account dies prior to the Annuity Starting Date but after the
Termination Date, no less than 50% of the Participant’s MPP Account shall be applied toward the purchase of a Life Annuity for the surviving Spouse’s lifetime. If such Participant is unmarried, the MPP Account shall be paid to the
Beneficiary in a single lump sum. If the Participant dies on or after the Annuity Starting Date, any benefit payable to the Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary will be determined pursuant to the form of payment elected by the Participant and
the Spouse, if applicable. 
 (C) If the Participant dies prior to the Annuity Starting Date, distribution of the
Participant’s MPP Account shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following receipt by the Plan Administrator of satisfactory evidence of the Participant’s death. 

10.8 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Pre-Tax Contributions. Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Article X and held in the Elective
Contributions Account (excluding investment earnings (if any) attributable to periods after December 31, 1988), may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. 

(b) In-Service Withdrawals of Certain Amounts Held in MPP Account. 

(i) Withdrawal During Employment. Subject to the requirements of paragraph (i) of Section 10.7(b) of this
Appendix X, any Employee may, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, withdraw from his or her Derst After-Tax 

  
 130 

 
Employee Contributions Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) his net Employee Contributions, or (ii) his Derst After-Tax Employee Contributions Account balance. A
Participant’s net Employee Contributions shall equal the total amount of his Employee Contributions (inclusive of accrued earnings thereon), less withdrawals. Such written request must be delivered to the Plan Administrator not less than 30
days prior to the date on which the Employee wishes to obtain such withdrawal. 
 (ii) Withdrawal Following Termination
Date. A Participant who terminates employment shall be permitted to withdraw from his Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account following submission of a written withdrawal request to the Plan Administrator. Such written request must be
delivered to the Plan Administrator not less than 30 days prior to the date on which the Employee wishes to obtain such withdrawal. 

(iii) Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Accounts. All Employee Contributions received by the Derst Baking Company
Money Purchase Pension Plan, together with any Adjustment allocated thereto, shall be maintained in a separate sub-Account (the “Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account”) and shall continue to receive allocations of Adjustments on
each Valuation Date. 
 (iv) Form of Distribution on Withdrawal. All distributions made pursuant to requests for
withdrawals from the Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account shall be made in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (i) of Section 10.7(b) of this Appendix X (including without limitation the requirements with respect to
automatic and optional forms of benefit and the consent of the Spouse). 
 10.9 Hours of Service. Effective as of the Derst Merger
Effective Date, service with Derst Baking Company, LLC shall be treated as service with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when Derst Baking Company, LLC became a member of
the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of Derst Baking Company, LLC who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date Derst Baking Company, LLC became a member of the Controlled
Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question. 

10.10 Definitions. 

(a) Adjustment shall mean with respect to an MPP Account or Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account, as the case
may be, for any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, and realized or unrealized appreciation (all of which shall result in an upward adjustment), and losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation (all of which shall result in a
downward adjustment) since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. For purposes of such Adjustment, all assets shall be valued at their fair market value as of each Valuation Date. The determination of the valuation of assets and the adjustments
shall be made by the Trustee or Plan Administrator and shall be final and binding on all parties. 

  
 131 

 (b) Annuity Starting Date. See Section 1.5(a) of Appendix I. 

(c) Employee Contribution shall mean any after-tax contributions made by a Participant prior to December 24, 1994
pursuant to the terms of the Money Purchase Pension Plan. 
 (d) Derst After-Tax Employee Contribution Account shall
mean the portion of a Participant’s total MPP Account attributable to Employee Contributions and the total of the Adjustments attributable to such Employee Contributions. 

(e) Money Purchase Pension Plan shall mean the Derst Baking Company Money Purchase Pension Plan, which was frozen
effective as of January 1, 2004 and, effective as of the same date, was merged into the Derst Baking Company 401(k) Savings Plan. 

(f) MPP Account. A Participant’s “MPP Account” shall mean the account that was established for such
Participant under the Money Purchase Pension Plan. The MPP Account later became a sub-account established under the Derst Plan as a result of the merger of the Money Purchase Pension Plan into the Derst Baking Company 401(k) Savings Plan, effective
as of January 1, 2004. The MPP Account is now a sub-account under the Flowers Foods, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. A Participant who formerly participated in the Money Purchase Pension Plan shall have a beginning MPP Account balance
under the Flowers Foods, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan that at least equals such Participant’s MPP Account balance under the Derst Plan immediately preceding the Derst Merger Effective Date. 

(g) Termination Date shall mean, in the case of a Derst Participant who has an MPP Account, the date on which occurs the
first of the following events: 
 (i) Voluntary resignation from the service of the Employer; 

(ii) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; 

(iii) Retirement; or 

(iv) Death. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who ceases to be actively employed by reason of an authorized leave of absence shall
not be considered as having a Termination Date. 
 10.11 Special Rule for 2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding any
provision of the Derst Savings Plan, a participant in the Derst Savings Plan who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code § 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would
have satisfied that requirement by receiving 

  
 132 

 
distributions that are (i) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and
expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the participant and the participant’s designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009
RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the participant or beneficiary affirmatively chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will have the opportunity to
elect to receive or continue to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence, if they wish to do so. In addition, notwithstanding any provision of the Derst Savings Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover
provisions of the Plan, certain additional distributions in 2009 will be treated as eligible rollover distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the Derst Savings Plan, the following will also be treated as eligible rollover
distributions in 2009: 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both as defined in this Section 10.11). 

  
 133 

 APPENDIX XI 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

BKB 401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

11.1 General Provisions. Effective as of November 1, 2011 (“BKB Merger Effective Date”), the BKB 401(k) Retirement
Savings Plan (“BKB Savings Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the BKB Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the BKB Savings Plan and be responsible for the payment of all vested benefits accrued under
the terms and provisions of the BKB Savings Plan for (a) participants participating in the BKB Savings Plan immediately prior to the BKB Merger Effective Date, and (b) former participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the
BKB Savings Plan immediately prior to the BKB Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Collectively, the persons described in clause (a) and clause (b) of the preceding sentence are referred to
herein as “BKB Participants.” The BKB Participants shall, as of the BKB Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances (“BKB Accounts”); provided, however,
that nothing in this Appendix XI shall be construed to allow ongoing, active participation in the Plan by any category of Employees of Southern Bakeries, Inc. who are excluded from participation in this Plan by the general terms of this Plan. The
Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set forth in Section 11.3 of this Appendix. 

11.2 Commingled Accounting. Certain portions of the account balances of each participant in the BKB Savings Plan which are transferred
to this Plan pursuant to this Article XI shall be maintained as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to
“Elective Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the BKB Savings Plan shall be held in the Participant’s Elective Contributions Account under Section 6.1(a) of this Plan. 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to Company Basic Contributions under the BKB Savings Plan shall be held in the
Participant’s sub-account of the Participant’s Account under this Plan that holds Company Basic Contributions under Section 6.1(e) of this Plan. 

(c) Amounts transferred attributable to Matching Elective Contributions under Section 3.1(b) of the BKB Savings Plan shall
be held in the sub-account of the Participant’s Account under this Plan that holds Matching Elective Contributions under Section 6.1(b) of this Plan. 

(d) Amounts transferred attributable to Rollover Contributions under Sections 1.65 and 6.1(f) of the BKB Savings Plan shall be
held in the sub-account of the Participant’s Account under this Plan that holds Rollover Contributions under Section 6.1(f) of this Plan. 

  
 134 

 11.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the BKB Merger Effective Date, the assets of
the BKB Savings Plan that are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the BKB Savings Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit
of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 11.4 Conditions for Merger and
Transfer. The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of this Plan is satisfied. 

11.5 Vesting. 

(a) On and after the BKB Merger Effective Date, the BKB Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the BKB
Savings Plan shall be fully (100%) vested. 
 (b) On and after the BKB Merger Effective Date, the Company Basic
Contributions Account under the Plan of a BKB Participant shall be fully (100%) vested at all times. 
 11.6 In-Service
Withdrawals. 
 (a) Elective Contributions—Hardship. Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Article
XI and held in the Elective Contributions Account (excluding investment earnings (if any) attributable to periods after December 31, 1988), may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan.

 (b) Other In-Service Withdrawals. 

(i) Withdrawal After Reaching Age
59 1⁄2. Any Employee who has attained the age of 59 1⁄2 years
may, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, withdraw from his or her Elective Contributions Account any amount attributable to Elective Contributions under the BKB Savings Plan that are transferred to the Plan, pursuant to Section 8.14
of this Plan. 
 (ii) Rollover Contribution Withdrawals. Any Employee may, upon written request to the Plan
Administrator, withdraw from his or her Rollover Contributions Account any amount attributable to Rollover Contributions under the BKB Savings Plan that are transferred to the Plan, pursuant to Section 8.15 of this Plan. 

11.7 Hours of Service. Effective as of the BKB Merger Effective Date, service with Southern Bakeries, Inc. shall be treated as service
with an Employer for all purposes under this Plan, even though said service may have been rendered prior to the time when Southern Bakeries, Inc. became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall be effective for all employees of
Southern Bakeries, Inc. who remained or became employed by any member of the Controlled Group as of the date Southern Bakeries, Inc. became a member of the Controlled Group. This provision shall not, however, be construed to permit participation in
the Plan prior to the adoption thereof by the Employer in question and shall not be construed to permit ongoing, active participation in the Plan by any category of Employees of Southern Bakeries, Inc. who are excluded from participation in this
Plan by the general terms of this Plan. 

  
 135 

 11.8 Special Rule for 2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision
of the BKB Savings Plan, a participant who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code § 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by
receiving distributions that are (i) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life
expectancy) of the participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the participant and the participant’s designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those
distributions for 2009 unless the participant or beneficiary affirmatively chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will have the opportunity to elect to receive or continue to receive
the distributions described in the preceding sentence, if they wish to do so. In addition, notwithstanding any provision of the BKB Savings Plan relating to eligible rollover distributions, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover
provisions of the BKB Savings Plan, certain additional distributions in 2009 will be treated as eligible rollover distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the BKB Savings Plan, the following will also be treated as eligible
rollover distributions in 2009: 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both as defined in this Section 11.8). 

  
 136 

 APPENDIX XII 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

TASTY BAKING COMPANY 401(k) AND 

COMPANY FUNDED RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

12.1 General Provisions. Effective as of January 1, 2013 (“Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date”), the Tasty Baking
Company 401(k) and Company Funded Retirement Plan (“Tasty Baking Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Tasty Baking Plan and be responsible for
payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Tasty Baking Plan for (i) participants participating in the Tasty Baking Plan immediately prior to the Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former
participants and beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Tasty Baking Plan immediately prior to the Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Such participants and beneficiaries shall, as
of the Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the Plan as set
forth in Section 12.3 of this Appendix. 
 12.2 Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Tasty Baking Plan
shall be maintained in this Plan in accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Salary Reduction
Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the Tasty Baking Plan shall be held in the general “Elective Contributions Account” under Section 6.1(a) of this Plan. 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to after-tax Employee Contributions allocated to a Participant under the Tasty Baking Plan
shall be held in the “Tasty Baking Employee After Tax Account” under Section 6.1(g) of this Plan. 
 (c)
Amounts transferred attributable to employer Matching Contributions under the Tasty Baking Plan shall be held in a “Prior Tasty Baking 401(k) Match Account” under Section 6.1(h) of this Plan. 

(d) Amounts transferred attributable to “Employer Non-Matching Pre 2007 Contributions” and “Funded Employee
Retirement Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the Tasty Baking Plan shall be held in a “Prior Tasty Baking Non-Matching Company Contribution Account” under Section 6.1(i) of this Plan. 

(e) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the Tasty Baking
Plan shall be held in the Participant’s Tasty Baking Rollover Contributions Account under Section 6.1(j) of this Plan. 

(f) Amounts transferred attributable to “Roth elective deferrals” under the Tasty Baking Plan shall be held in a
special segregated “Tasty Baking Prior Roth Basic Account” under Section 6.1(k) of this Plan. 

  
 137 

 All such accounts shall be collectively referred to in this Appendix XII as “Tasty Baking
Accounts.” 
 12.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Tasty Baking Merger Effective Date, the assets of the Tasty
Baking Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Tasty Baking Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 12.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer.
The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 

12.5 Vesting. On and after January 1, 2012, the Tasty Baking Account of a Participant who was previously a participant in the
Tasty Baking Plan shall be fully (100%) vested. 
 12.6 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Amounts in a Participant’s Elective Contributions Account described in Section 12.2(b) of this Appendix XII
(excluding investment earnings (if any) attributable to periods after December 31, 1988) may be withdrawn by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.10 of this Plan. 

(b) In addition, amounts in both a Participant’s Elective Contributions Account described in Section 12.2(b) of this
Appendix XII and in the sub-account of the Participant’s Account under this Plan that holds Matching Elective Contributions under Section 6.1(b) of this Plan may be withdrawn by a Participant upon or after the Participant’s attainment
of the age of 59 1⁄2. 
 (c)
Amounts in the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account under Section 6.1(f) of this Plan that are attributable to transfers from the Tasty Baking Plan under Section 12.2(e) of this Appendix XII may be withdrawn by the Participant
in any amount up to the full remaining balance of such account in accordance with procedures to be specified by the Plan Administrator. 

  
 138 

 APPENDIX XIII 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MERGER OF THE 

F.R. LEPAGE BAKERY, INC. PROFIT SHARING, SAVINGS AND 

RETIREMENT PLAN WITH AND INTO THE PLAN 

13.1 General Provisions. Effective as of December 31, 2013 (“Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date”), the F.R. Lepage
Bakery, Inc. Profit Sharing, Savings and Retirement Plan (“Lepage Plan”) is merged with and into the Plan. The Plan shall, as of the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date, assume all obligations of the Lepage Plan and be responsible for
payment of all vested benefits accrued under the terms and provisions of the Lepage Plan for (i) participants participating in the Lepage Plan immediately prior to the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date, and (ii) former participants and
beneficiaries with vested benefits under the Lepage Plan immediately prior to the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date whose account balances have not been fully distributed to them. Such participants (“Lepage Participants”) and beneficiaries
shall, as of the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date, automatically become Participants in the Plan with respect to such account balances. The Plan shall provide for said payment of benefits with the assets transferred to the trust accompanying the
Plan as set forth in Section 13.3 of this Appendix. 
 13.2 Accounting. The account balances of each participant in the Lepage
Plan shall be maintained in this Plan in accounts as follows: 
 (a) Amounts transferred attributable to “Elective
Deferrals” allocated to a Participant under the Lepage Plan shall be held in the general “Elective Contributions Account” under Section 6.1(a) of this Plan. 

(b) Amounts transferred attributable to “Employer Match” and “Prior Employer Match” contributions under the
Lepage Plan shall be held in a “Prior Lepage Employer Match Account” under Section 6.1(l) of this Plan. 
 (c)
Amounts transferred attributable to “Employer Profit Sharing” and “Prior 2007 Profit Sharing” contributions allocated to a Participant under the Lepage Plan shall be held in a “Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Account” under
Section 6.1(m) of this Plan. 
 (d) Amounts transferred attributable to “Supplemental Profit Sharing”
contributions allocated to a Participant under the Lepage Plan shall be held in a “Prior Lepage Supplemental Profit Sharing Account” under Section 6.1(n) of this Plan. 

(e) Amounts transferred attributable to “Rollover Contributions” allocated to a Participant under the Lepage Plan
shall be held in the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account under Section 6.1(c) of this Plan. 
 All such accounts shall be
collectively referred to in this Appendix XIII as “Lepage Accounts.” 

  
 139 

 13.3 Transfer of Plan Assets. Effective as of the Lepage Merger Effective Date, the assets
of the Lepage Plan which are held by the trustee of the trust accompanying the Lepage Plan shall become assets of the Plan, and shall be held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and its accompanying Trust for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the provisions of this Appendix. 
 13.4 Conditions for Merger and Transfer.
The merger of plans and transfer of assets as provided for in this Appendix is made on the condition that subsection (a) of Section 11.5 of the Plan is satisfied. 

13.5 Special Vesting Rules. On and after January 1, 2014 the vested percentage of a Participant’s Prior Lepage Employer Match
Account and the vested percentage of a Participant’s Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Account shall be no less than the vested percentage in the corresponding sub-account under the Lepage Plan immediately prior to the Lepage Plan Merger Effective
Date. In addition, on and after January 1, 2014, the Lepage Accounts referred to in subsections (b), (c) and (d) of Section 13.2 of this Appendix XIII of a Participant who was previously a participant in the Lepage Plan shall be
fully (100%) vested in accordance with the following: 
 (a) The Prior Lepage Employer Match Account (if not fully
vested as of the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date) shall be fully vested as of the earliest of the following dates: 
 (i)
The date on which the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age while still employed by the Employer; 
 (ii) The date
when the Participant dies while still employed by the Employer; 
 (iii) The date when the Participant becomes Disabled while
still employed by the Employer; or 
 (iv) The date when a Participant has been credited with 3 Years of Vesting Service.

 (b) The Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Account (if not fully vested as of the Lepage Plan Merger Effective Date) shall be
fully vested as of the earliest of the following dates: 
 (i) The date on which the Participant attains his Normal
Retirement Age while still employed by the Employer; 
 (ii) The date when the Participant dies while still employed by the
Employer; 
 (iii) The date when the Participant becomes Disabled while still employed by the Employer; or 

  
 140 

 (iv) The date when a Participant has been credited with 2 Years of Vesting
Service. 
 (c) The Prior Lepage Supplemental Profit Sharing Account shall be at all times fully (100%) vested and
nonforfeitable. 
 13.6 In-Service Withdrawals. 

(a) Amounts in a Participant’s Prior Lepage Profit Sharing Contribution Account described in Section 13.2(c) of this
Appendix XIII, in the Prior Lepage Employer Match Account described in Section 13.2(b) of this Appendix XIII, and in the Prior Lepage Supplemental Profit Sharing Account described in Section 13.2(d) of this Appendix XIII may be withdrawn
by a Participant upon or after the Participant’s attainment of the age of 59 1⁄2 years. 

(b) Amounts in the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account under Section 6.1(f) of this Plan that are
attributable to transfers from the Lepage Plan under Section 13.2(e) of this Appendix XIII may be withdrawn by the Participant in any amount up to the full remaining balance of such account in accordance with procedures to be specified by the
Plan Administrator. 

  
 141 

 EXHIBIT A 

TO 
 FLOWERS FOODS, INC.
401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN 
 [Reserved] 

  
 142 

 EXHIBIT B 

TO 
 FLOWERS FOODS, INC.
401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN 
 As of April 1, 2001, no adopting Employer has a elected a different vesting schedule with respect
to the Forfeitable Accounts of Participants employed by it pursuant to Sections 5.2(b)(ii) and 11.6 of the Plan. 

  
 143EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  

 
  

PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 by and
between 
 ASCENT CH2, LLC 
 a
Delaware limited liability company, 
 as Seller, 

and 
 CARTER VALIDUS PROPERTIES,
LLC, 
 a Delaware limited liability company 

as Purchaser 
  

							
		 	Premises:	 	Ascent CH2 Data Center	 	
		 		 	505 N. Railroad Avenue	 	
		 		 	Northlake, Illinois	 	
				
		 	Date:	 	April 4, 2014	 	

  
  

 

 PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Contract”) is made and entered into as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) by and
between ASCENT CH2, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Seller”), whose principal place of business is located at 2350 Ball Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, and CARTER VALIDUS PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(“Purchaser”), whose principal place of business is located at 4211 West Boy Scout Boulevard, Suite 500, Tampa, Florida 33607. The “Effective Date” shall be the date the Title Company (as hereinafter defined) receives an original
counterpart of this Contract signed by both Seller and Purchaser, as evidenced by the Title Company’s signature hereto. 
 ARTICLE I

 PROPERTY 

Section 1.01 Property. Seller hereby agrees to sell and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from
Seller, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the following properties and assets: 
 (a) That certain tract of
real property located in Northlake, Illinois, more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, together with all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to (i) all and singular the
rights and appurtenances pertaining to such real property, including any easements, and all right, title and interest of Seller in and to adjacent streets, alleys and rights-of-way, and (ii) any and all water, water rights or similar rights or
privileges (including tap rights) appurtenant to or used in connection with the ownership or operation of such real property (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Real Property”). 

(b) All improvements, structures and fixtures now constructed and completed with respect to and situated on the Real Property,
including without limitation that certain data center and all equipment and amenities owned by Seller, together with all of Seller’s right, title and interest in all parking areas, loading dock facilities, landscaping and other improvements,
structures and fixtures (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Improvements”). 

(c) All of Seller’s interest in all leases covering all or any portion of the Real Property and/or the Improvements
(collectively, the “Leases”), all security deposits, prepaid rents and similar items attributable to periods after Closing (but excluding reserves other than reserves, if any, that are funded by tenants as such (i.e., as tenant
contributions to reserves) pursuant to the Leases and that are held by Seller to pay for obligations that the landlord under a Lease is specifically required to perform (e.g., agreed alterations or improvements)), any receivables attributable to
periods after Closing for common area maintenance, taxes, insurance and/or other items, if any, due and payable under any lease for all 

  
 1 

 
or any portion of the Real Property and/or the Improvements (subject in each case to the proration and adjustment provisions hereof), and all of Seller’s right, title and interest in all
parking agreements, and all contract rights to be assumed by Purchaser hereunder, and all other intangible rights which are appurtenant to the Real Property and/or the Improvements, including (to the extent assignable) all roof, HVAC and other
warranties issued with respect to the Improvements and the right to use of the trade name associated with the Improvements and any and all derivations of such name, excluding, however, any and all rights to the names “Ascent” and
“Ascent CH2 Data Center” (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Intangible Property”). 

(d) All of Seller’s right, title and interest in all equipment, furniture, furnishings, machinery, heating, plumbing,
ventilation and air conditioning systems and equipment, carpet, tile, floor coverings, security devices, sprinkler systems, supplies, telephone exchange numbers, tenant lease files, leasing records, tenant credit reports, telephone systems, audio
systems, keys, surveys, plans and specifications (whether in cad, electronic or other format), maintenance equipment and supplies and all other tangible personal property situated on the Real Property and used in connection therewith or with the
Improvements along with Seller’s interest as lessee in any rented or leased personal property (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Personal Property”). 

All of the foregoing items purchased under this Contract are collectively referred to as the “Property”. 

ARTICLE II 
 PURCHASE
PRICE 
 Section 2.01 Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) is an amount equal to TWO
HUNDRED ELEVEN MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($211,700,000.00). The Purchase Price will be paid by Purchaser to Seller at the Closing (as hereinafter defined) in cash or immediately available wire transfer funds, subject to
adjustments and prorations as set forth below. 
 Section 2.02 Earnest Money. Purchaser will, within two
(2) business days after the Effective Date, deposit the amount of ONE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) as the initial earnest money hereunder (the “Initial Deposit”), with Chicago Title Insurance Company, National Commercial
Services, 10 South LaSalle St. Suite 3100, Chicago, IL 60603 Attention: Linda Kent (the “Title Company”). If Purchaser is not ready to close the transaction as of the Closing Date, then Purchaser may extend the Closing to a date that is
not later than the last business day that is less than forty-five (45) days after the end of the Review Period, which extension may be exercised only by notifying Seller in writing of such date and depositing an additional sum in the amount of
TWO MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00) with the Title Company (the “Extension Deposit”), in each case prior to expiration of the Review Period. As used herein, the term “Earnest Money Deposit” means the Initial

  
 2 

 
Deposit and, if made, the Extension Deposit, together with all interest accrued from time to time thereon. If Purchaser does not timely make the Initial Deposit, Seller shall have the option
(exercisable until such time as Purchaser makes the Initial Deposit) to terminate this Contract by written notice to Purchaser, effective upon Purchaser’s receipt of such notice. The Earnest Money Deposit shall be made in immediately available
funds. The Title Company must hold the Earnest Money Deposit in an interest-bearing account at a federally insured banking institution acceptable to Purchaser, with all interest being paid to Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be, in accordance
with the terms of this Contract. At the Closing, the Earnest Money Deposit will be applied toward the Purchase Price, but otherwise the Earnest Money Deposit will be held by the Title Company, returned to Purchaser, or delivered to Seller, as
directed by Purchaser and Seller to the Title Company 
 ARTICLE III 

REVIEW ITEMS 

Section 3.01 Survey. Seller has delivered to Purchaser a copy of Seller’s most recent survey of the Property made in
accordance with ALTA Standards. Seller has ordered, at its sole cost and expense, a new or recertified survey of the Property (the “Survey”) prepared by the same surveyor that prepared Seller’s most recent survey. 

Section 3.02 Title Review Items. Purchaser has received, at Seller’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to
order an ALTA form commitment for title insurance (the “Title Commitment”), issued by the Title Company which sets forth the state of title to the Real Property and the Improvements. 

Section 3.03 Other Review Items. Seller shall, within two (2) business days following the Effective Date, deliver to
Purchaser copies of the Leases. To the extent not previously delivered, Seller shall, within two (2) business days following the Effective Date, deliver to Purchaser the items shown on Schedule 3.03 to this Contract, to the extent in
Seller’s possession. 
 Section 3.04 Inspection. Commencing on the Effective Date Purchaser and its Representatives
(defined below) shall, subject to the terms and provisions of this Contract and with the prior written consent of the Seller (if required pursuant hereto), have reasonable access to the Property at reasonable times for the purpose of conducting
reasonably necessary inspections and tests of the Property that are permitted by this Contract (“Inspections”), including surveys and architectural, engineering, geo-technical and environmental inspections and tests. Seller’s
prior written consent shall not be required with respect to Property access at any time during the Review Period solely for a Phase I environmental site assessment or a survey update (the “Designated Inspection Activities”). For all
other Inspection activities, Seller’s prior written consent shall be required. Purchaser must give Seller seventy two (72) hours’ prior written notice of any Designated Inspection Activities or proposed tenant interviews (which notice
may be given to Seller by email to craig.olschansky@ascentcorp.com and to phil.horstmann@ascentcorp.com). Neither Purchaser nor its officers, directors, 

  
 3 

 
managers, members, employees, contractors, engineers, architects, consultants or other agents or designees (each, a “Representative” of Purchaser) may access the Property or
conduct tenant interviews or Inspections unless Seller, through its designee, is present in person (or present via telephone in the case of a tenant interview conducted by telephone) or has declined to be present in a written response to
Purchaser’s notice of the applicable Inspection or tenant interview (which response may be given to Purchaser by email to phil.horstmann@ascentcorp.com). Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make one or more of Seller’s
designees available at the time or times during which Purchaser or its Representatives wish to conduct Inspections or tenant interviews. Any test involving physical intrusion into the Property or its improvements shall be subject to Seller’s
prior written consent, which consent may be given, withheld or conditioned in Seller’s sole discretion (Purchaser acknowledges that in no event will Seller consent to any drilling within any tenant space). Neither Purchaser nor its
Representatives may contact or meet with any governmental authority or utility provider with respect to the Property without the prior written consent of Seller (which consent may be given, withheld or conditioned in Seller’s sole discretion);
provided, however, that Purchaser shall not be prohibited from requesting and reviewing publicly-available records regarding real estate taxes and assessments or those necessary to perform an analysis of real estate taxes and assessments, or prepare
a Phase I environmental site assessment report for the Property or any portion thereof. Seller agrees to request zoning compliance letters for the Property from the applicable governmental authorities, upon Purchaser’s written request including
specifics as to the information Purchaser would like Seller to request. Upon Purchaser’s further written request Seller agrees to follow up with the applicable governmental authorities regarding the status of such zoning compliance letters;
provided that, in either case, such communications to governmental authorities shall not identify the Purchaser or the Potential Transaction. Prior to any on-site Inspection activities, Purchaser must deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to
Seller that that Purchaser and its Representatives conducting Inspections have in place commercial general liability insurance in the amount of (i) $1.0 million in the general aggregate, (ii) not less than $1.0 million for any injury or
death of one or more persons in an occurrence, and (iii) not less than $1.0 million for damage to tangible property (including loss of use) in an occurrence. Purchaser’s liability and property damage insurance shall name Seller and Ascent
LLC (“Ascent”) as additional insureds, shall contain a cross liability provision, and shall contain a provision that such insurance is primary and noncontributing with any other insurance available to Seller or Ascent. Purchaser
acknowledges that the Property leases contain various limitations and restrictions regarding access to the Property and tenant spaces, and that for safety and operational reasons Inspection activities must be coordinated and conducted with great
care. Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that its Inspection activities shall be subject to the following additional limitations and any other requirements that Seller reasonably deems are necessary in light of such safety and operational
considerations, or are reasonably necessary to comply with Seller’s obligations under the Property leases: (a) at no time shall Purchaser have access to any portion of the electrical substation that Seller does not have access to as a
matter of right; (b) Purchaser shall not take photographs or create other graphical depictions of any tenant spaces at the Property; (c) except as Seller may permit in its sole discretion, Purchaser and its Representatives shall 

  
 4 

 
be limited to two (2) visits to each of the tenant spaces; (d) at the time Purchaser requests a tenant interview, Purchaser shall provide to Seller an outline of the type of questions
Purchaser will ask at such tenant interview; (e) Purchaser’s tenant interviews shall be with the following individuals: (i) on behalf of Comcast, Simpson Cumba (Executive Director - National Data Center Services); (ii) on behalf
of Walgreens, John Brooks (Director, Enterprise Data Center Operations); (iii) on behalf of HSBC, John Burgis (Head of Data Center Infrastructure); and (iv) on behalf of TransUnion, Josh Neyer (Senior Director - Data Center
Infrastructure); and (f) Purchaser shall not have more than one (1) representative present in person or by telephone at each tenant interview. Purchaser shall, at its expense, repair any damage to the Property caused by Purchaser’s
inspection or testing thereof, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, liens, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses to personal property or personal injury to the extent directly
attributable to any acts performed in exercising Purchaser’s rights under this Article III. This agreement to indemnify Seller shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Contract. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Purchaser
shall not be entitled to conduct any tenant interviews, and Seller shall not schedule any tenant interviews, unless and until (a) Purchaser has delivered to Seller written notice in which (i) Purchaser confirms it is satisfied with its due
diligence other than tenant interviews; (ii) Purchaser confirms it is prepared to proceed with Closing and has received all required authorizations and consents necessary to proceed with Closing, in each case subject only to tenant interviews,
and (iii) Purchaser irrevocably agrees that such notice will automatically constitute a Waiver Notice for purposes of Article IV unless, prior to the expiration of the Review Period, Purchaser delivers to Seller a written notice of termination,
which notice describes in reasonable detail one or more matters, first discovered as a result of a tenant interview, as a result of which Purchaser has determined not to proceed with the transaction contemplated hereby; and (b) Purchaser and
Seller have agreed in writing on the final form of the Management Agreement (defined below). 
 ARTICLE IV 

REVIEW PERIOD 

Section 4.01 Review Period. Purchaser has from the Effective Date until 5:00 p.m., Tampa, Florida time, on the thirtieth
(30th) day following the Effective Date (such time period, the “Review Period”) to review and approve such items and to conduct such inspections, interviews, tests and audits as
Purchaser, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, including, but not limited to obtaining appraisals, surveys, engineering, work and a Phase I Environmental Audit and a Phase II Environmental Audit, subject to Section 3.04. 

Section 4.02 Waiver Notice. If for any or no reason Purchaser, in its sole and absolute discretion, is not satisfied with
the items delivered by Seller to Purchaser under Article III, the results of such inspections, interviews, tests or audits or any other fact or situation with respect to the Property, then in such event Purchaser shall have the right to terminate
this Contract. If Purchaser fails, for any or no reason, to deliver Seller written notice unconditionally waiving this termination right (the “Waiver Notice”) on or before 

  
 5 

 
the end of the Review Period, this Contract shall automatically terminate. Purchaser’s failure to deliver the Waiver Notice on or before the expiration of the Review Period shall be deemed
Purchaser’s election to terminate this Contract under this Section 4.02. 
 Section 4.03 Termination. If this
Contract has been terminated in accordance with, and subject to the terms of Section 4.02, the parties hereto shall thereupon be relieved of all liabilities and obligations hereunder (other than obligations that survive termination) and the
Earnest Money Deposit shall be refunded fully and promptly to Purchaser. Seller expressly acknowledges and agrees that if Purchaser does not give Seller a Waiver Notice during the Review Period, then this Contract shall terminate immediately upon
expiration of the Review Period, the Title Company shall have no obligation to independently determine whether Purchaser has the right to receive the Earnest Money Deposit, and the Title Company may rely solely upon the written instructions set
forth in any written notice delivered by Purchaser from and after such election, without the joinder, approval or consent of Seller. Purchaser will promptly return to Seller any due diligence materials delivered by Seller. If this Contract remains
in effect after the end of the Review Period, this Section 4.03 shall no longer apply to the disposition of the Earnest Money Deposit. 

Section 4.04 Seller’s Obligation to Remove Liens. Notwithstanding Purchaser’s delivery of a Waiver Notice, or
anything else to the contrary in this Contract, Seller must remove at or prior to the Closing any mortgages and mechanics and materialmen liens created, suffered or incurred by, through or under Seller against the Property. 

Section 4.05 Service Contracts. Seller agrees that all service and maintenance contracts, other than those referred to in
clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 4.05 (collectively, the “Service Contracts”), must be terminated by Seller on or before the Closing Date unless Purchaser otherwise elects, by written notice prior to the end
of the Review Period, to assume same; provided, however, Seller has no obligation to terminate (and Purchaser shall assume at Closing) any Service Contracts which cannot be terminated, without cause and without any termination fee, on thirty
(30) or less days notice. Purchaser shall not assume (a) management and leasing agreements, all of which must be terminated by Seller, at Seller’s sole cost, on or before the Closing Date; (b) that certain ComEd Rider DE
Distribution Systems Extensions Electric Line Extension Advance Deposit Agreement to which Seller is a party (together with the Assignment Agreement dated as of July 18, 2012, and as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Rider DE
Contract”), (c) any agreements pursuant to which Seller is entitled to rebates or other payments under the ComEd “Smart Ideas” Program, or (d) any contracts relating to the construction work under the TransUnion Lease or the
Walgreen’s Lease. The service contracts that Purchaser is required to assume at Closing are the “Assigned Contracts.” 

Section 4.06 Property Management Agreement. During the Review Period, Seller and Purchaser shall negotiate in good faith to
finalize the terms of a property management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which Seller, or its assignee, shall provide critical infrastructure management services, property management

  
 6 

 
services, development management services and construction management services for the Property, all on the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof for
all purposes. It shall be a condition for the obligation of each of Seller and Purchaser to close the transaction contemplated by this Contract that the form of the Management Agreement be agreed to by Seller and Purchaser during the Review Period.

 Section 4.07 As-Is; Release.  

(a) EXCEPT FOR THOSE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS CONTRACT AND IN THE CLOSING DOCUMENTS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.02,
PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS NOT RELYING ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER BY SELLER OR ANY AGENT OR EMPLOYEE THEREOF REGARDING THE PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ITS PHYSICAL CONDITION, ITS SUITABILITY FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS, OR THE ABSENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES THEREUPON), AND SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL SUCH REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
EXCEPT FOR ANY THAT ARE EXPRESSLY MADE IN THIS CONTRACT. EXCEPT FOR THOSE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS CONTRACT AND IN THE CLOSING DOCUMENTS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.02, PURCHASER SHALL ACCEPT THE PROPERTY IN ITS “AS
IS”, “WHERE IS”, “WITH ALL FAULTS” CONDITION. SELLER HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS CONTRACT AND IN
THE CLOSING DOCUMENTS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.02, SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE TRUTH, ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY MATERIALS, DATA OR OTHER INFORMATION DELIVERED OR MADE AVAILABLE BY SELLER TO PURCHASER IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE DUE DILIGENCE MATERIALS). PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS A SOPHISTICATED BUYER WHO HAS HERETOFORE HAD AND/OR SHALL DURING THE REVIEW PERIOD HAVE SUFFICIENT
ACCESS TO, AND SUFFICIENT TIME TO REVIEW, ALL INFORMATION, DOCUMENTS, AGREEMENTS, STUDIES AND TESTS RELATING TO THE PROPERTY THAT PURCHASER DEEMED OR DEEMS NECESSARY TO REVIEW IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, AND HAS OR HEREAFTER SHALL HAVE CONDUCTED A
COMPLETE AND THOROUGH INSPECTION, ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING. PURCHASER HEREBY RELEASES SELLER, ASCENT LLC, THEIR RESPECTIVE CONSTITUENT OWNERS, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS, EMPLOYEES,
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY, RESPONSIBILITY, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, AND 

  
 7 

 
WHETHER FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY (INCLUDING THE PROPERTY’S COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS) OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR ANY PURPOSE,
INCLUDING THOSE ARISING OUR OF OR RELATING TO THE PRESENCE OF ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, ANY ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES OR ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, GEOLOGICAL, MECHANICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
(SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE) CONDITION OF ANY OF THE REAL PROPERTY AND ANY LAW OR REGULATION RELATING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CONDITION AROSE OR CAME INTO EXISTENCE BEFORE, ON OR AFTER THE CLOSING DATE, EXCEPT FOR ANY
LIABILITY OF SELLER EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THIS RELEASE SPECIFICALLY APPLIES (SUBJECT TO THE SELLER’S EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT) TO ALL LOSSES AND CLAIMS,
WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, AND WHETHER FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, ARISING UNDER THE COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY ACT OF 1980, AS AMENDED, THE SUPERFUND AMENDMENTS AND REAUTHORIZATION ACT OF 1986, (42 U.S.C. SECTIONS
9601 ET SEQ.), THE RESOURCES CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT OF 1976, (42 U.S.C. SECTIONS 6901 ET SEQ.), THE CLEAN WATER ACT, (33 U.S.C. SECTIONS 466 ET SEQ.), THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT, (14 U.S.C. SECTION 1401-1450), THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TRANSPORTATION ACT, (49 U.S.C. SECTIONS 1801 ET SEQ.), THE TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL ACT, (15 U.S.C. SECTIONS 2601-2629), AND ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW OF SIMILAR EFFECT, AS WELL AS ANY AND ALL COMMON LAW CLAIMS). PURCHASER HAS UNDERTAKEN
OR HEREAFTER SHALL UNDERTAKE SUCH INVESTIGATION AS PURCHASER DEEMED OR DEEMS NECESSARY TO MAKE PURCHASER FULLY AWARE OF THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS WELL AS ALL FACTS, CIRCUMSTANCES AND INFORMATION WHICH MAY AFFECT THE USE AND OPERATION OF THE
PROPERTY, AND PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PURCHASER HAS RELIED AND SHALL RELY, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OF SELLER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS CONTRACT AND IN THE CLOSING DOCUMENTS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.02, SOLELY ON
PURCHASER’S OWN DUE DILIGENCE INVESTIGATION IN DETERMINING TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 4.07 SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT LIMITATION. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
SECTION 4.07(B) SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING WITHOUT LIMITATION. 
  

			
	PH	 	MS
	Seller’s Initials	 	Purchaser’s Initials

 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the releases contained above in Section 4.07(a) shall not
in any way alter or limit the Seller’s liability (if any) 

  
 8 

 
for breaches of its representations expressly made in this Contract (including with respect to environmental matters), subject to the limitations set forth herein on the amount and duration of
such liability. 
 ARTICLE V 

GOOD AND MARKETABLE TITLE 

Section 5.01 Conveyance. As a condition to Purchaser’s obligation to proceed with Closing, title to the Real Property
and the Improvements shall be free and clear of any and all deeds of trust, mortgages or other liens or indebtedness; subject, however, to the following (collectively, the “Permitted Exceptions”): 

(a) General real estate taxes and assessments for the year in which the Closing occurs and subsequent years not yet due and
payable. 
 (b) All easements, restrictions, rights-of-way, party wall agreements, encroachments, covenants, reservations,
agreements, leases, tenancies, licenses, conditions and other matters affecting all or any portion of the Property to the extent (i) reflected in items 8, 10-21 (inclusive) of Schedule B, Section II to the Title Commitment; (ii) reflected
on the Survey, as recertified; and/or (iii) created by or consented and agreed to in writing by Purchaser prior to or at the Closing. 

(c) The rights of tenants, as tenants only, under unrecorded written leases delivered by Seller to Purchaser prior to the
Closing. 
 Section 5.02 Owner Policy. As a condition to Purchaser’s obligation to proceed with Closing, Purchaser
must be able to obtain a standard ALTA form Owner Policy of Title Insurance (the “Owner Policy”) issued by the Title Company in Purchaser’s favor in the amount of the Purchase Price, insuring Purchaser’s fee simple title to the
Real Property and the Improvements subject only to the Permitted Exceptions. 
 Section 5.03 Escrow for Suite 700a
Improvements. In the event that the improvements to be constructed under that certain Lease (the “TransUnion Lease”) dated October 28, 2013 by and between Seller, as landlord, and Trans Union LLC, as tenant
(“TransUnion”), are not completed on or prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall deposit with Escrow Agent such amount as is reasonably required to permit the Title Company to remove any exception in the Owner Policy for mechanics’ and
materialmen’s liens relating to such improvements (the “TransUnion Escrow Amount”), which TransUnion Escrow Amount shall be held pursuant to a mutually-acceptable escrow agreement that each party will execute and deliver at Closing,
and shall be used to fund the completion of such improvements. Any excess amounts remaining in the escrow account at the completion of the improvements and the release of any lien applicable thereto shall be returned to Seller. In the event that
TransUnion fails to pay all or any portion of its “Tenant Contribution” under the TransUnion Lease to Seller on or prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall retain the right to receive such payment, and Purchaser shall direct TransUnion to
make such payment directly to Seller. This provision shall survive 

  
 9 

 
Closing. After Closing Purchaser shall not modify the terms of the TransUnion Lease in any manner that would alter TransUnion’s obligation to make payments relating to such improvements. The
rules in this Section 5.03 are an exception to the provisions in Article VII below. 
 ARTICLE VI 

CLOSING 

Section 6.01 Closing. Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the Conditions Precedent to Closing set forth in
Section 9.05 of this Contract, the purchase and sale of the Property (the “Closing”) will be held through escrow at the offices of the Title Company and will occur at 11:00 a.m. Tampa, Florida time on the earlier of the date which is:
(i) five (5) business days following receipt by Seller of Purchaser’s written notice of its intent to close following the expiration of the Review Period or (ii) the date (the “Target Closing Date”) that is fifteen
(15) days after the end of the Review Period (the “Closing Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may extend the Closing Date subject to and in accordance with Section 2.02. 

Section 6.02 Seller’s Obligations. At the Closing, Seller shall (if applicable) execute and deliver to Purchaser,
and/or cause the execution and delivery by all parties other than Purchaser of, the following with respect to the Property: 

(a) That certain special warranty deed (the “Deed”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof
for all purposes. 
 (b) That certain blanket conveyance, bill of sale and assignment (“Bill of Sale”) in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C and made a part hereof for all purposes.1 

(c) That certain assignment of leases (the “Lease Assignment”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and made a
part hereof for all purposes. 
 (d) That certain affidavit (the “FIRPTA Affidavit”) in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E and made a part hereof for all purposes. 
 (e) Estoppel certificates (the “Tenant Estoppel
Certificates”) in the form included or described by the applicable Leases (the “Required Estoppels”), from each Tenant. The Tenant Estoppel Certificates, in order to be effective, must be dated no earlier than thirty (30) days
prior to the Target Closing Date. The Tenant Estoppel Certificates must be joined in by any guarantor and be completed to reflect the terms of the applicable Lease and must not, unless expressly waived by Purchaser in writing, disclose any material
defaults or material breaches of the Seller’s representations and warranties herein. The completed form of the Tenant Estoppel Certificates must be prepared by Seller 
  

 

	1 	 This conveyance to include existing brokerage agreements regarding renewals/extensions of certain in-place leases.

  
 10 

 
and submitted to Purchaser, for Purchaser’s review and reasonable approval, prior to delivery to the tenants. Purchaser shall deliver any comments to the completed Tenant Estoppel
Certificates within three (3) business days following receipt thereof, failing which such completed Tenant Estoppel Certificates shall be deemed approved. Seller agrees to use all reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Purchaser the Tenant
Estoppel Certificate no later than the third (3rd) business day prior to the Closing Date. Seller will not be in default for failure to deliver any Tenant Estoppel Certificates, and Purchaser’s sole recourse for such failure will be to
terminate this Contract and receive the Earnest Money Deposit. Purchaser or Seller shall be entitled to extend the Closing Date to a date not later than thirty (30) days from the Target Closing Date, if necessary, in order for Seller to obtain
the Required Estoppels. 
 (f) Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreements (each, an “SNDA”) in the
form that is included or described in the applicable Lease, whereby each Tenant’s rights are subordinated to the lien of Purchaser’s acquisition financing. Seller agrees to use all reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Purchaser the
SNDAs no later than the third (3rd) business day prior to the Closing Date. Seller will not be in default for failure to deliver the SNDAs, and Purchaser’s sole recourse for such failure will be to terminate this Contract and receive the
Earnest Money Deposit. Purchaser or Seller shall be entitled to extend the Closing Date to a date not later than thirty (30) days from the Target Closing Date, if necessary, in order for Seller to obtain the SNDAs. 

In the event there is an option to purchase or a right of first refusal to purchase any portion of the Property, then Seller
shall provide evidence acceptable to Purchaser and Purchaser’s Lender, confirming that such right of first refusal has been waived with respect to the transfer of equitable ownership of the Property to Purchaser and/or Purchaser’s
affiliates. Such confirmation shall also be incorporated into any Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement and Tenant Estoppel Certificate that may be required by Purchaser or its Lender. 

(g) Original counterparts (to the extent available) of all Leases, lease files (including all correspondence, applications and
credit reports), reciprocal easement agreements, options, warranties, guarantees, permits and other agreements related to the Property, including all modifications, supplements or amendments to each of the foregoing (provided that in lieu of
delivering the foregoing items into escrow at Closing, Seller may deliver them to Purchaser at the Property within three (3) business days after Closing). 

(h) All landlord keys to the Property. 

(i) To the extent necessary to permit the Title Company to issue the Owner’s Policy without exception for any matters that
are not Permitted Exceptions, an affidavit as to debts and liens and parties in possession executed by Seller, made to the Title Company and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Title Company, along with a GAP Affidavit and any other items
reasonably and customarily required by the Title Company. 

  
 11 

 (j) Seller’s certification that all representations and warranties made by
Seller under this Contract are true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (if accurate or, if not accurate, a description of the basis for such inaccuracy). An updated rent roll certified by Seller to be true,
complete and correct in all material respects to the best of Seller’s actual knowledge. 
 (k) That certain tenant
notification letter (the “Tenant Letter”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G and made a part hereof for all purposes. 

(l) Appropriate evidence of Seller’s authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Contract as may be
required by the Title Company. 
 (m) Estoppel certificates, if any, received by Seller in accordance with
Section 9.07. 
 (n) The certified rent roll described in paragraph (j) above. 

(o) The Management Agreement. 

(p) Payment of the TransUnion Escrow Amount, if any, required by Section 5.03. 

(q) The escrow agreement referred to in Section 5.03 (the “TransUnion Escrow Agreement”), executed by Seller.

 (r) Such other documents and instruments as are reasonably required by the Title Company in order to accomplish the
Closing (provided that such other documents or instruments do not require Seller to incur, or agree to incur in the future, any additional cost). 

Section 6.03 Purchaser’s Obligations. At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to Seller in cash or
by wire transfer of immediately available funds (subject to adjustment and prorations as provided herein), and shall execute and deliver to Seller the following with respect to the Property: 

(a) The Tenant Letter. 

(b) Appropriate evidence of Purchaser’s authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Contract as may be
required by the Title Company. 
 (c) The Lease Assignment and the Bill of Sale. 

(d) The Management Agreement. 

  
 12 

 (e) The TransUnion Escrow Agreement. 

(f) Such other documents and instruments as are reasonably required by the Title Company in order to accomplish the Closing
(provided that such other documents or instruments do not require Purchaser to incur, or agree to incur in the future, any additional cost). 

Section 6.04 Management Transition/Roof Warranty. From and after the date hereof, Seller will provide Purchaser with copies
of all current income and expense reports concerning the Property as and when received by Seller. Seller agrees that Purchaser may contact Seller and its managing agent to obtain copies of and to discuss any income and expense reports prepared for
the Property and to discuss the operation of the Property. Seller, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at Closing the consents of the issuers of any roof warranties and all other warranties
affecting the Property to the assignment of such roof warranties and all other warranties at Closing from Seller to Purchaser, and Seller shall make property management personnel available at reasonable times and after reasonable notice for
inspections of the roof by such roof warranty issuers and the other issuers of the other warranties and executing such documents as reasonably necessary to assign any such roof warranties to Purchaser. If such assignments cannot be made at Closing,
Seller shall be obligated to cooperate with Purchaser after Closing to obtain such consents, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense. Purchaser shall be responsible for any fees, including but not limited to, inspection fees assessed by the roof
warranty issuers to give such consents. 
 Section 6.05 Possession. Possession of the Property must be delivered by
Seller to Purchaser at the Closing, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions. 
 Section 6.06 Due Diligence Costs.
Purchaser will pay its own costs in conducting its due diligence activities. 
 ARTICLE VII 

CLOSING ADJUSTMENTS 

Section 7.01 General Prorations. The following will be apportioned at the Closing: 

(a) Rents, if any, as and when collected (the term “rents” as used in this Contract includes base rent, percentage
rent, common area maintenance, parking, tax, insurance and other payments due and payable under any Lease for all or any portion of the Improvements, together with all sales and other taxes thereon, and the term “Additional Rent” means
rent that constitutes reimbursement (including monthly estimated payments) for operating expenses and other pass-throughs) and all other income generated by all or any portion of the Property, including parking revenue. There will be no proration of
rents accrued but not collected as of the Closing Date. 

  
 13 

 (b) Taxes and other assessments (including personal property taxes on the
Personal Property) applicable to the Property. Special assessments certified by any municipal utility district or other taxing authority prior to the Closing Date must be paid in their entirety by Seller at or before the Closing, except to the
extent such assessments are payable in installments or are attributable to a post-Closing period, in which event they shall be prorated between the parties. If the tax rate or assessed valuation or both have not yet been fixed for any period
including or prior to the Closing Date, the proration shall be based on a good faith estimate as to the amount of such taxes for the current year after consideration of the tax rate and/or assessed valuation last fixed; provided that the parties
hereto agree that if the actual taxes for the current year differ from the amount so apportioned at the Closing, and if such difference can be ascertained during the Survival Period, the parties hereto will make all necessary adjustments by
appropriate payments between themselves following the Closing, and this provision shall survive delivery of the Deed. 
 (c)
Payments under any Service Contracts or other agreements assumed by Purchaser. 
 (d) Gas, electricity and other utility
charges, if any, to be apportioned on the basis of the last meter reading. 
 In making such apportionments, Purchaser will receive credit for all rents and
other income paid with respect to the day of the Closing, and Purchaser will be charged for taxes and other expenses incurred with respect to the day of the Closing. All apportionments are to be subject to post-closing adjustments as necessary to
reflect later relevant information not available at the Closing and to correct any errors made at the Closing with respect to such apportionments, as more specifically described below in Section 7.05; provided, however, that such apportionments
shall be deemed final and not subject to further post-closing adjustments if no such adjustments have been requested in writing after a period of sixty (60) days from such time as all necessary information is available to make a complete and
accurate determination of such apportionments. All apportionments (regardless of whether all relevant information has been received or errors have been made) are final and not subject to further post-closing adjustment one (1) year following
the Closing Date. 
 Section 7.02 Specific Prorations. Anything hereinabove contained to the contrary notwithstanding:

 (a) Seller shall retain and be entitled to receive any tax refunds issued after Closing to the extent applicable to the
period prior to the Closing, but not otherwise. Seller may not initiate nor demand Purchaser initiate or continue any litigation to collect such tax refunds. There will be no proration of any insurance related expenses, it being agreed that
Purchaser will obtain its own insurance coverage as of the Closing Date. 

  
 14 

 (b) As to gas, electricity and other utility charges, Seller may on written
notice to Purchaser on or before the Closing Date elect to pay one or more of said items accrued to the date hereinabove fixed for apportionment directly to the person or entity entitled thereunto and to the extent Seller so elects, such item shall
not be apportioned hereunder, and Seller’s obligation to pay such item directly in such case shall survive the delivery of the Deed; provided, however, that Seller will not take any action or fail to take any action which would result in the
cessation or termination of utility service to the Property. 
 (c) Seller and Purchaser agree that all rents received after
the Closing from any tenant after reasonable costs of collection, if any, incurred by Purchaser shall be applied first to rent for the month in which the Closing occurs, and then rent in the inverse order of its maturity, and Purchaser will deliver
to Seller any such delinquent rentals owed Seller and received following the Closing. For a period of six (6) months following the Closing, Purchaser shall use reasonable efforts to collect for Seller any rental payments past due as of the
Closing or due subsequent to Closing for a period prior to Closing, from tenants who were tenants as of the Closing; provided, however, Purchaser shall not be required to declare a lease default or institute any legal action in any court against any
tenant. Seller will deliver to Purchaser, within five (5) business days following receipt, any rents received by Seller after the Closing and attributable to the period from and after the Closing. From and after the sixth (6th) month
following the Closing Date, Seller shall have the right to pursue reasonable collection remedies against any tenant owing delinquent rentals owed Seller, provided that (i) Seller shall notify Purchaser of its intent to institute any collection
remedy or proceeding not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the institution thereof, and (ii) Seller shall in no event institute any proceeding to evict or dispossess a tenant from the Property. Purchaser may, by written notice to Seller
within ten (10) days of receipt of Seller’s notice of intent to institute collection remedies or proceedings, restrict Seller from collecting such delinquent rentals, but only if Purchaser first pays Seller such delinquent rentals in
exchange for Seller’s assignment to Purchaser of all of Seller’s rights and causes of action with respect thereto. 

(d) At the Closing, Seller shall credit to the account of Purchaser against the Purchase Price (i) any security deposit
made under any leases executed with respect to the Property or otherwise actually collected by Seller, and not applied by Seller or returned to the Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, together with all interest, if any, which must be
paid thereon to any tenant thereunder; and (ii) all prepaid rents and other charges paid in advance by any tenants of the Property and attributable to the period after the Closing; and in each case, the Lease Assignment shall provide for
Purchaser’s assumption of the obligation to return any such sums (and, if applicable, interest thereon) to the extent same are so credited, but not otherwise. If any security deposits are in the form of a letter of credit, Seller must deliver
to Purchaser at Closing the original letter of credit, together with all assignment/transfer documentation (fully executed and bank authenticated, as applicable) and assignment/transfer fees required by the issuing entity to cause same to be
reissued to Purchaser immediately following the Closing (subject to consent rights, if any, of the issuers of such letters of credit). 

  
 15 

 (e) Leasing commissions and tenant improvement expenses relating to lease
agreements pertaining to the Property that are the obligation of the landlord to pay (other than those with respect to the TransUnion Lease and the Walgreens Lease) shall be apportioned between the parties as follows: 

(i) All such expenses relating to leases executed before the Effective Date, and which are not contingent on renewal or
expansion of any such Lease after the Effective Date, shall be the sole obligation of Seller and shall be paid in full by Seller (regardless of whether any portion of such expenses may not otherwise become due until after the Closing Date), on or
before the Closing Date and, if Purchaser fails to receive reasonably acceptable evidence of such payment (together with the release of any lien applicable thereto), the unpaid portion shall be credited against the Purchase Price. 

(ii) All such expenses relating to Leases executed before the Effective Date, which are solely payable with respect to and
contingent upon renewal of any such Lease or expansion into additional space by the tenant under any such Lease after the Closing Date shall be the sole obligation of Purchaser; provided such expenses are disclosed in the Leases and commission
agreements delivered to Purchaser prior to the end of the Review Period. Any such expenses not so disclosed shall render Seller liable for any such expenses and, if Purchaser fails to receive reasonably acceptable evidence of payment (together with
the release of any lien applicable thereto) on or before the Closing, Purchaser will receive a credit therefor against the Purchase Price. 

(f) Any and all payments or rebates from Commonwealth Edison Company pursuant to (i) the Rider DE Contracts, or
(ii) the “Smart Ideas” program, shall remain the property of Seller, and if received by Buyer shall be promptly remitted to Seller. 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that the Tenant under the Leases is responsible for paying, directly
to a utility or other third party, any of the items which are to be prorated, there shall be no proration for such items. 

Section 7.03 Transaction Costs. Seller shall be responsible for (a) all attorneys fees and expenses, if any, of
counsel to Seller; (b) all documentary stamp, transfer, surtax and excise taxes payable upon the transfer of the Property and/or recordation of the Deed; (c) the cost of the Owner’s Policy (excluding extended coverage and endorsement
costs), including, but not limited to, title examinations; (d) one-half (1/2) of any escrow and other charges of the Title Company; and (e) the cost of the current ALTA as-built survey and any changes requested by Purchaser to the
survey. Purchaser shall be responsible for (a) all attorneys’ fees and expenses, if any, of counsel to Purchaser; (b) one-half (1/2) of any escrow and other charges of the Title Company; and (c) the cost of any extended
coverage and other endorsements requested by the Purchaser. 

  
 16 

 Section 7.04 Brokerage Commissions. Purchaser represents to Seller that
Purchaser has not engaged the services of any broker, finder or other agent in regard to this Contract. Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless against all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense (including, but not
limited to, attorneys’ fees and court costs, including any appeal that may be filed) which Seller shall ever suffer or incur because of any claim by any broker, finder, or other agent, whether or not meritorious, for any fee, commission or
other compensation with respect hereto resulting from the acts of Purchaser. Seller represents to Purchaser that Seller has not engaged the services of any real estate broker, finder or other agent in regard to this Contract. Seller hereby agrees to
indemnify Purchaser and hold Purchaser harmless against all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and court costs, including any appeal that may be filed) which Purchaser shall ever suffer or
incur because of any claim by any broker, finder, or other agent, whether or not meritorious, for any fee, commission or other compensation with respect hereto resulting from the acts of Seller. This provision shall survive Closing. 

Section 7.05 True-Up. No later than one (1) year following the Closing Date (except that the period shall be extended
solely for the true-up of Additional Rent under a Lease, to the extent such reconciliation with a tenant has not been finally resolved as of such date), Seller and Purchaser shall make a final adjustment (the “Final Closing Adjustment”) to
correct any errors made at Closing pursuant to this Article VII, to adjust any item that was not prorated at Closing but should have been prorated at Closing, and to true-up the Purchaser’s and the Seller’s respective shares of Additional
Rent based on the year-end Lease reconciliation that first occurs after Closing. If the net of all such adjustments favors Purchaser, Seller shall make a cash payment of such net amount to Purchaser no later than thirty (30) days after the
Final Closing Adjustment is completed. If the net of all such adjustments favors Seller, Purchaser shall make a cash payment of such net amount to Seller no later than thirty (30) days after the Final Closing Adjustment is completed. The
parties shall correct any manifest error in the prorations and adjustments made at Closing promptly after such error is discovered. The adjustment relating to Additional Rent shall be calculated as follows (on a Lease-by-Lease basis): After taking
into account (i) any payments of Additional Rent actually received by Seller or Purchaser for the fiscal year in which the Closing occurred (the “Fiscal Year”), (ii) any amounts paid or owed to Tenants by Purchaser after Closing
as a result of reconciliations of Additional Rent for the Fiscal Year, and (iii) the proration of Additional Rent that was made for the period including the Closing pursuant to Section 7.01(a), Seller shall owe a cash payment of Additional
Rent to Purchaser or Purchaser shall owe a cash payment of Additional Rent to Seller, as applicable, so that Seller’s share of Additional Rent (as a percentage of the total Additional Rent collected from the Tenant for the entire Fiscal Year),
corresponds to the underlying pass-through expenses actually incurred by Seller prior to Closing (as a percentage of the total pass-through expenses incurred by Seller and Purchaser for the entire Fiscal Year). 

  
 17 

 Section 7.06 Survival. The terms of this Article shall survive the termination
of this Contract and the Closing and delivery of the Deed for a period of 14 months, and then shall terminate automatically. 
 ARTICLE
VIII 
 TERMINATION AND REMEDIES 

Section 8.01 Purchaser’s Default. If Purchaser fails to close when required to do so hereunder, Seller shall be
entitled, as Seller’s sole and exclusive remedy, to terminate this Contract and to receive the Earnest Money Deposit. Seller and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that delivery of the Earnest Money Deposit shall be deemed liquidated damages for
Purchaser’s breach of this Contract, it being further agreed that the actual damages to Seller in the event of such breach are impractical to ascertain and the Earnest Money Deposit is a reasonable estimate thereof. Seller has no right to
specifically enforce Purchaser’s obligations under this Contract nor to seek or otherwise collect any actual, out-of-pocket, lost profit, punitive, consequential, treble, or other damages from or against Purchaser, except for the indemnity
obligations of Purchaser expressly set forth in this Contract. In no event shall any officer, director, agent or employee of Purchaser or its partners be personally liable for any of Purchaser’s obligations under this Contract or the documents
to be delivered at the Closing. 
 Section 8.02 Seller’s Default. If, prior to Closing, Seller materially defaults
under this Contract, Purchaser shall be entitled, as Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy, to either (a) terminate this Contract upon written notice to Seller and to request the Title Company to return the Earnest Money Deposit, together
with all accrued interest thereon, to Purchaser, or (b) pursue an action to enforce specific performance of Seller’s obligation to convey the Property to Purchaser when obligated to do so under this Contract. Purchaser has no right, except
as provided in the next sentence, to seek damages against Seller for any breach or default of Seller hereunder, and Purchaser hereby waives any remedy at law or in equity other than as expressly set forth in this Section 8.02. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.02: (x) if specific performance would not be an effective remedy as the result of Seller’s failure to convey the Property to Purchaser when obligated to do so under this Contract, or
(y) if any representation or warranty of Seller herein was false in any material respect on the Effective Date, or (z) if Seller had actual knowledge during the Review Period that a representation or warranty of Seller became false in any
material respect after the Effective Date but did not disclose such knowledge to Purchaser during the Review Period, then Purchaser may, as Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy and in lieu of those provided above, terminate this Contract,
receive the Earnest Money Deposit and collect from Seller Purchaser’s actual out-of-pocket third party expenses in connection with this transaction, up to a maximum of $100,000. 

  
 18 

 ARTICLE IX 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 

Section 9.01 Seller’s Representations. Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser, except as set forth in that
certain schedule (the “Disclosure Schedule”) attached hereto as Exhibit H and made a part hereof for all purposes, as follows: 

(a) Seller is a duly organized, validly existing limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware and is authorized to conduct business in the State of Illinois. This Contract has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller, and is and at the time of the Closing will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller
enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms. 
 (b) Seller has received no written notice of any (and, to
Seller’s actual knowledge (Seller’s knowledge for all purposes of this Contract means only the actual, conscious knowledge of Adam Shapiro, without any duty to investigate and with no personal liability whatsoever), there is no) current,
proposed or threatened eminent domain or similar proceeding, or private purchase in lieu of such proceeding, which would affect the Property in any way whatsoever. 

(c) Seller has not received any written notice from a governmental authority that the Property does not comply with any
federal, state, county, city or any other laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to environmental, zoning, land use and division, building, fire, health and safety matters, of any government or any
agency, body or subdivision thereof bearing on the construction of the Improvements and on the operation, ownership or use of the Property (collectively, “Applicable Laws”), nor has Seller received written notice from a Tenant that Seller
has failed to comply with Seller’s obligations (if any) under a Lease regarding the Property’s compliance with Applicable Laws, in either case which noncompliance Seller has not cured. 

(d) Seller has received no written notice of any pending or threatened, litigation which does or would affect the Property or
Seller’s ability to fulfill all of its obligations under this Contract. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding claims on Seller’s insurance policies which claims relate to the Property. 

(e) Seller has delivered to Purchaser true and complete copies of all Leases. To Seller’s actual knowledge, no material
default or breach exists on the part of any tenant under the Leases. Seller as landlord has fully completed all accrued construction obligations specified in the Leases to be the responsibility of the landlord thereunder, and has paid (to the extent
such payment is due) all tenant improvement costs, allowances and leasing commissions applicable thereto and, except as set forth in the Leases, no such costs are payable at any time hereafter. Seller has not received any written notice of any
default or breach on 

  
 19 

 
the part of the landlord under any of the Leases, nor, to Seller’s actual knowledge, does there exist any default or breach on the part of the landlord thereunder. No Lease grants any tenant
any right to purchase all or any portion of the Property. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule and the Leases, there are no agreements which would require the payment of a leasing commission by the landlord upon any renewal or expansion of
an existing Lease or new Lease executed or otherwise exercised after the Effective Date. There are no pending contracts for the sale of all or any portion of the Property. 

(f) Except as disclosed to Purchaser, there are no Service Contracts or other written agreements for services, supplies or
materials affecting the use, operation or management of the Property. Seller has delivered to Purchaser true, complete and correct copies of all Service Contracts. 

(g) Seller has not received any written notice concerning any alleged violation of any applicable environmental law, rule or
regulation which remains uncured. 
 (h) Purchaser has no obligation to continue to employ any persons presently employed by
Seller at the Property. 
 (i) Seller is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as
defined in the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”)), and is not subject to the provisions of Sections 897(a) or 1445 of the Code related to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons. 

(j) Seller is not, nor will it become, a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business
under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24,
2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action. 

Section 9.02 Purchaser’s Representations. Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller, as of the date hereof
and as of the Closing Date, as follows: 
 (a) Purchaser is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its organization, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. This Contract constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. 

(b) Purchaser has the capacity and complete authority to enter into and perform this Contract, and no consent, approval or
other action by any person or 

  
 20 

 
entity (other than the person signing this Contract on behalf of Purchaser and any approval to be obtained by Purchaser during the Review Period) will be needed thereafter to authorize
Purchaser’s execution and performance of this Contract. 
 (c) Purchaser is not, nor will it become, a person or entity
with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or
under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action. 

(d) Purchaser has not identified any prospective tenants, nor has Purchaser received any oral or written lease offers or
expressions of interest, with respect to suites 100, 700B or 1200 at the Property. 
 Section 9.03 Discovery. If either
Seller or Purchaser discovers, prior to or at the Closing, that any representation or warranty of the other party is false, misleading or inaccurate in any material respect, the discovering party may, at its option, terminate this Contract and the
parties hereto shall be relieved of all liabilities and obligations hereunder and (a) if Purchaser is the discovering party, Purchaser shall be entitled to (i) the immediate return of the Earnest Money Deposit, together with all accrued
interest thereon, and (ii) pursue Purchaser’s remedies, if any, under the last sentence of Section 8.02 of this Contract; and (b) if Seller is the discovering party, Seller shall be entitled to pursue its remedies under
Section 8.01 of this Contract. If the discovering party elects to proceed to Closing such party cannot later bring a claim against the other as to such discovered matter. Representations and warranties under this Article IX shall fully survive
the Closing and the delivery of the Deed, but to the extent that neither Seller nor Purchaser has made any claim as to the breach of any such representation or warranty during the Survival Period (defined below), such representations and warranties
will terminate and be of no further force and effect. For purposes of Section 9.05(a), Seller’s representations and warranties shall be deemed modified to reflect any information about which Purchaser had knowledge as of the end of the
Review Period. For purposes of the second sentence of this Section 9.03, Purchaser shall be deemed to have knowledge that any representation or warranty of Seller is false, misleading or inaccurate in any material respect to the extent that
information (other than information, if any, that Seller intentionally withholds from Purchaser during the Review Period and that is first discovered Purchaser after the Review Period but prior to Closing) inconsistent with such representation or
warranty is included in or revealed by this Contract or (prior to the expiration of the Review Period) any, studies, reports or other information applicable to the Property or any portion thereof and obtained by or made available to Purchaser or its
agents, including title policies, pro-formas or commitments, title exception documents, surveys, Leases, operating and financial statements, accounting reports, rent rolls, delinquency reports, estoppel certificates, environmental, engineering and
soils reports, site and architectural plans, Contracts, inspection or maintenance reports, and permits and approvals. 

  
 21 

 Section 9.04 Operating Covenants. Seller agrees to operate and maintain the
Property prior to the Closing in a manner consistent with its current operating procedures, and shall not, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, do any of the following: 

(a) Enter into any contract (other than leases which are subject to clause (b) below) that will not be fully performed by
Seller on or before the Closing Date or that will not be susceptible of cancellation by Purchaser on or after the Closing Date upon thirty (30) days or less prior written notice, without cost or liability to Purchaser, or amend, modify or
supplement any existing contract or agreement in any material respect (other than leases, which are subject to clause (b) below, or the agreements referred to in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of Section 4.05, which Seller may amend or
modify without the Purchaser’s consent); provided, however, that this Section 9.04(a) shall not be applicable to contracts to which Seller remains a party after Closing in its capacity as the property manager. 

(b) Enter into any new lease or amend, modify, supplement or terminate any existing lease. 

(c) Fail to maintain its current insurance covering Seller’s interest in the Property or advise Purchaser promptly of the
occurrence of any fire or other casualty affecting the Property. 
 (d) Sell, assign or create any right, title or interest
whatsoever in or to the Property (including any so-called “back-up” contracts which are expressly prohibited) or create any voluntary lien, thereon from and after the date of the Title Commitment, other than liens or encumbrances noted in
the Title Commitment, without promptly discharging same or otherwise complying with the terms of Section 4.04. 
 (e)
Intentionally take any action which would have the effect of violating any of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Contract. 

Section 9.05 Conditions Precedent. Purchaser is not obligated to proceed with Closing unless all of the following
conditions precedent are satisfied (or waived in writing by Purchaser) and are otherwise true and correct as of the Closing Date: 

(a) All of Seller’s representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as
if made on and as of the Closing Date. 
 (b) Seller has performed all of its covenants, agreements, and obligations under
this Contract in all material respects and is otherwise not in default under this Contract. 

  
 22 

 (c) Seller has delivered all Required Estoppels in compliance with
Section 6.02(e). 
 (d) Seller has delivered the Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement, if any,
required by Section 6.02 (f). 
 (e) Title to the Real Property shall be in the condition required pursuant to
Section 5.01 and Section 5.02; and 
 (f) If all or any portion of the Improvements that are leased as of
the Effective Date are no longer leased as of the Closing, such portion of the Improvements must be in “broom clean” condition with all racking systems and other personal property and equipment designated by Purchaser removed on or before
the Closing, with all damage caused thereby repaired in a manner acceptable to Purchaser. 
 Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Seller shall
use reasonable efforts to satisfy all of the foregoing conditions precedent. If Seller is unable to satisfy all of the foregoing conditions precedent, and if Purchaser does not waive such conditions precedent, Purchaser or Seller may extend the
Closing Date to a date not later than thirty (30) days from the Target Closing Date, by written notice to Seller or Purchaser, as applicable. If Seller is unable to satisfy all of the foregoing conditions precedent by the Closing Date (as so
extended), Purchaser may terminate this Contract; provided, however, that if any condition precedent to Purchaser’s obligation to proceed with the Closing hereunder has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date (or such earlier date as is
provided herein) and such condition may be fully satisfied or cured by the payment of a liquidated amount, Seller may elect, by notice to Purchaser prior to the Closing Date, to cure such failed condition by causing such payment to be made at
Closing, in which event the parties shall proceed with Closing hereunder and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If the Closing occurs, Purchaser will be deemed to have waived any conditions actually known by Purchaser to be
unsatisfied at the Closing. If Purchaser elects to terminate, the Earnest Money Deposit shall be immediately returned to Purchaser. 

Section 9.06 Post Closing Claim. If: (i) Purchaser makes a claim against Seller with regard to a representation or
warranty which expressly survives Closing, (ii) Purchaser makes such claim within the period from the Closing Date until the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date (the “Survival Period”), and (iii) Purchaser
obtains a final and non-appealable judgment against Seller which remains unpaid for a period of thirty (30) days, then Seller agrees that Purchaser shall have the right to trace the Purchase Price to the extent necessary to satisfy such claim.
Seller represents to Purchaser that Seller has (or will prior to distribution of any such disposition proceeds) provide written notice to Seller’s partners, shareholders and members (and, if such partners, shareholders and members are entities
whose sole material asset is their respective interest in Seller, their respective members, partners and affiliates) of this tracing provision. Seller acknowledges and agrees that Purchaser has relied and has the right to rely upon the foregoing in
connection with Purchaser’s consummation of the 

  
 23 

 
transaction set forth in this Contract. After Closing Purchaser shall not be entitled to recover more than $5,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of any and all defaults or breaches by Seller
hereunder, and Purchaser shall not be entitled to receive or seek any such recovery until Purchaser’s damages, expenses and losses in connection with all such defaults or breaches exceeds $75,000. 

Section 9.07 Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions of Record. If the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s lender requests
that a third party execute a document certifying as to the status of the rights, obligations and/or performance of Seller, or of such third party, under covenants, conditions restrictions, easements or other matters of record specifically identified
by Purchaser to Seller in writing, Seller shall do the following, in each case only upon request by Purchaser: (a) Seller shall request in writing that the applicable third party execute such certificate, in a form provided by Purchaser or
Purchaser’s Lender; (b) Seller shall follow up with the applicable third party in writing to determine whether such third party will comply with the request made in the foregoing clause (a); and (c) Seller shall take reasonable steps
requested by Purchaser to enforce the obligations of such third party under any covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or other matters of record (to the extent such obligations are referenced in the Purchaser’s request) with respect to
the execution of the certificate provided to such third party pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), subject to any conditions in the applicable documents of record. It shall not be a condition to Purchaser’s obligation to proceed with the
Closing that the Purchaser obtain any one or more of the certificates requested from third parties pursuant to this Section 9.07, and Seller shall not have any obligation to take any other action with respect to such certificates except
as expressly set forth in this Section 9.07. 
 Section 9.08 6B Status; Tax Appeals. Purchaser acknowledges that
Seller has applied to classify the Property as a “6B” property for assessment purposes by the Cook County, Illinois Assessor’s office. From and after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall use reasonable good faith efforts to obtain such
classification and, prior to obtaining such classification, shall use reasonable good faith efforts to refrain from acting or failing to act in a manner that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Property from being classified as a 6B
property. At Closing Purchaser shall assume the Seller’s agreement with Madigan and Getzendanner as it relates to any real property tax appeals or contests, and as it relates to the finalization of the Property’s 6B program status. 

ARTICLE X 
 NOTICES

 Section 10.01 Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication which may or is required to be given under this
Contract must be in writing and (except as provided in Section 3.04) must be: (a) personally delivered; (b) transmitted by reputable overnight courier service, such as Federal Express; or (c) transmitted by legible facsimile
(with answer back confirmation) to Purchaser, Seller or Escrow Agent as listed below. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given on (i) the date of receipt if delivered
personally, (ii) the first (1st)

  
 24 

 
business day after the date of deposit, if transmitted by reputable overnight courier service, or (iii) the date of transmission with confirmed answer back if transmitted by facsimile,
whichever shall first occur. A notice or other communication not given as herein provided shall only be deemed given if and when such notice or communication and any specified copies are actually received in writing by the party and all other
persons to whom they are required or permitted to be given. Purchaser and Seller may change its address for purposes hereof by notice given to the other parties in accordance with the provisions of this Section, but such notice shall not be deemed
to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the other parties. Notices hereunder shall be directed as follows: 
  

			
	If to Purchaser:	  	 Carter Validus Properties, LLC,
 a Delaware
limited liability company
 4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd.
 Suite
500
 Tampa, FL 33607
 Attention: John E. Carter

Telephone: (813) 263-5312
 Facsimile: (813) 287-0397

Email: jcarter@cvreit.com

		
	With a copy to:	  	 GrayRobinson, P.A.
 201 North Franklin
Street, Suite 2200
 Tampa, Florida 33602
 Attention: Stephen L.
Kussner, Esquire
 Telephone: (813) 273-5296
 Facsimile:
(813) 273-5145
 Email: stephen.kussner@gray-robinson.com

		
	If to Seller:	  	 ASCENT CH2, LLC
 2350 Ball Drive

St. Louis, MO 63146
 Attention: Phil Horstmann

Telephone: (314) 810-1501
 Facsimile: (213) 810-1610

Email: phil.horstmann@ascentcorp.com

		
	With a copy to:	  	 Arent Fox LLP
 1717 K Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20036
 Attention: Mark M. Katz

Telephone: (202) 857-6260
 Facsimile: (202) 857-6395

Email: mark.katz@arentfox.com

  
 25 

			
	With a copy to:	  	 Arent Fox LLP
 1717 K Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20036
 Attention: Daniel M. Lopez

Telephone: (202) 857-6240
 Facsimile: (202) 857-6395

Email: daniel.lopez@arentfox.com

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notices delivered by one party to the other party under Article IV may be sent by facsimile
and will be deemed given as of the date and time shown on the confirmation slip generated by the sender’s facsimile machine. Purchaser’s counsel may deliver any notice required or otherwise permitted to be given by Purchaser hereunder with
the same effect as if given directly by Purchaser. 
 ARTICLE XI 

RISK OF LOSS 

Section 11.01 Minor Damage. In the event of “minor” loss or damage [being defined for the purpose of this
Contract as damage to the Property such that the Property could be repaired or restored, in the opinion of an architect mutually acceptable to Seller and Purchaser (with any fees, costs or expenses pertaining to such opinion to be borne equally by
Purchaser and Seller), to a condition substantially identical to that of the Property immediately prior to the event of damage at a cost equal to or less than $2,000,000 and which would not permit any tenant to terminate its Lease, neither Seller
nor Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Contract as to the Property due to such damage but Seller shall, at Seller’s option as expressed to Purchaser in writing, either (a) repair and restore the damaged portion of the
Property to a condition substantially identical to that which existed immediately prior to the occurrence of such damage, or (b) assign to Purchaser all of Seller’s right, title and interest to any claims and proceeds Seller may have with
respect to any casualty, rental loss and other insurance policies relating to the Property. If Seller elects to repair and restore the damaged portion of the Property, Seller shall act promptly and diligently to complete such repairs in a good and
workmanlike manner and shall complete such repairs prior to the Closing Date if reasonably possible. If it is not reasonably possible to complete such repairs prior to the Closing Date, the parties will nonetheless proceed to the Closing without any
reduction of the Purchase Price, Seller shall assign all of Seller’s right, title and interest to any claims and proceeds Seller may have with respect to any casualty and other insurance policies relating to the casualty, and Purchaser shall
receive a credit against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any deductible(s) under the insurance policies assigned to Purchaser. 

Section 11.02 Major Damage. In the event of a “major” casualty (being defined as any loss or damage which is not
“minor” as defined hereinabove), Purchaser shall have the option of terminating this Contract by written notice to Seller within ten (10) days after notice of such casualty, in which event Seller and Purchaser shall thereupon be
released from any and all liability hereunder. If Purchaser elects not to terminate this Contract or if Purchaser does not make any election within such ten (10) day period, 

  
 26 

 
Purchaser and Seller shall proceed with the Closing without any reduction of the Purchase Price, but (a) Purchaser shall be entitled to a credit in the amount of any applicable deductible,
and (b) Seller shall assign all of Seller’s right, title and interest to any claims and proceeds Seller may have with respect to any casualty, rental loss (other than rental loss for periods prior to Closing) and other insurance policies
relating to the casualty, and Purchaser shall receive a credit against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any deductible(s) under the insurance policies assigned to Purchaser. 

Section 11.03 Vendor and Purchaser Risk. Except as set forth in Section 11.01 and Section 11.02, Seller shall
bear the full risk of loss until Closing. Upon the Closing, full risk of loss with respect to the Property shall pass to Purchaser. 

Section 11.04 Condemnation. If before the Closing any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings are threatened or
initiated against all or any portion of the Property and, in the reasonable opinion of Purchaser, such condemnation or eminent domain proceedings would materially interfere with the current use of the Property, then Purchaser may terminate this
Contract upon written notice to Seller and Seller and Purchaser shall thereupon be released from any and all further liability hereunder. If Purchaser does not elect to terminate this Contract within ten (10) business days after receipt of
written notice of the commencement of any such proceedings, or if, in the reasonable opinion of Purchaser, such condemnation or eminent domain proceedings would not materially interfere with Seller’s current use of the Property, Seller shall
assign to Purchaser at the Closing all rights and interest of Seller in and to any condemnation awards payable or to become payable on account of such condemnation or eminent domain proceedings. 

ARTICLE XII 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01 Entire Agreement. This Contract and that certain Non Disclosure Agreement between Seller and Purchaser dated
as of November 8, 2012, which the parties hereby ratify, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersede any prior understanding, letter of intent or written or oral agreements between the parties concerning the
Property. 
 Section 12.02 No Rule of Construction. This Contract has been drafted by both Seller and Purchaser and no
rule of construction shall be invoked against either party with respect to the authorship hereof or of any of the documents to be delivered by the respective parties at the Closing. 

Section 12.03 Multiple Counterpart; Governing Law. This Contract may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which
shall be deemed an original and a signature to all such counterparts, but together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall be construed and interpreted under the laws of the State in which the Property is located (without regard to
conflicts of laws) and all obligations of the parties created hereunder are performable in the City and County in which the Property is located. 

  
 27 

 Section 12.04 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any litigation or other
proceeding brought by either party hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees and costs of suit. 

Section 12.05 Interpretation. This Contract shall, unless otherwise specified herein, be subject to the following rules of
interpretation: (a) the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; (b) words importing any gender include the other genders; (c) references to persons or entities include their permitted successors and assigns;
(d) words and terms which include a number of constituent parts, things or elements, including the terms Improvements, Permitted Exceptions, Personal Property, Intangible Property and Property, shall be construed as referring separately to each
constituent part, thing or element thereof, as well as to all of such constituent parts, things or elements as a whole; (e) references to statutes are to be construed as including all rules and regulations adopted pursuant to the statute
referred to and all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute referred to; (f) references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments thereto or changes
therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms; (g) the words “approve” or “consent” or “agree” or derivations of said words or words of similar import mean, unless otherwise expressly provided
herein or therein, the prior approval, consent, or agreement in writing of the person holding the right to approve, consent or agree with respect to the matter in question, and the words “require” or “judgment” or
“satisfy” or derivations of said words or words of similar import mean the requirement, judgment or satisfaction of the person who may make a requirement or exercise judgment or who must be satisfied, which approval, consent, agreement,
requirement, judgment or satisfaction shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or therein, be in the sole and absolute discretion of the person holding the right to approve, consent or agree or who may make a requirement or judgment or who
must be satisfied; (h) the words “include” or “including” or words of similar import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (i) the words “hereto” or “hereby” or
“herein” or “hereof” or “hereunder,” or words of similar import, refer to this Contract in its entirety; (j) references to sections, articles, paragraphs or clauses are to the sections, articles, paragraphs or
clauses of this Contract; and (k) numberings and headings of sections, articles, paragraphs and clauses are inserted as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Contract. Seller acknowledges that Seller’s
obligations with respect to any covenant, indemnity, representation or warranty under this Contract which expressly survives the Closing shall be considered a “liability” for purposes of any member or other distribution limitation imposed
under the organizational laws applicable to Seller and/or its members, shareholders and partners. 
 Section 12.06
Exhibits. The exhibits attached hereto shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Contract. 
 Section 12.07
Modifications. This Contract cannot be changed orally, and no executory agreement shall be effective to waive, change, modify or discharge it in whole 

  
 28 

 
or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and is signed by the parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought. Any such modification
need not be joined in by the Title Company. 
 Section 12.08 Reporting Person. Purchaser and Seller hereby designate the
Title Company as the “reporting person” pursuant to the provisions of Section 6045(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

Section 12.09 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence to both Seller and Purchaser in the performance of this Contract, and
they have agreed that strict compliance by both of them is required as to any date and/or time set out herein, including, without limitation, the dates and times set forth in Article IV of this Contract. If the final day of any period of time set
out in any provision of this Contract falls upon a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday under the laws of the State in which the Property is located, then and in such event, the time of such period shall be extended to the next day which is not a
Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. 
 Section 12.10 Confidentiality. Purchaser and Seller shall hold, and shall cause and
their respective employees and representatives to hold, in strict confidence, and Purchaser and Seller shall not disclose, and shall prohibit their respective employees and representatives from disclosing, to any other person without the prior
written consent of the other party, (a) the terms of this Contract and the Property, including the existing lease and sublease thereon, (b) any of the information in respect of the Property delivered to or for the benefit of Purchaser
whether by its employees and representatives (“Purchaser’s Representatives”) or Seller or its respective employees and representatives (“Seller’s Representatives”), and (c) the identity of any direct or indirect
owner of any beneficial interest in Seller or Purchaser. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract to the contrary, the parties obligations under clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the
Closing and not be merged therein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinabove set forth, the parties may disclose such information (i) on a need-to-know basis to its employees, agents, consultants, members of professional firms
serving it or potential lenders, investors, consultants and brokers, on a confidential basis, such terms of the Contract as are customarily disclosed to such parties in connection with similar acquisitions, (ii) as may be required in order to
comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations or a court order or as may be required for any disclosure or filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules promulgated thereunder or any authority governing disclosure filings required by applicable law, rules or regulations, including but
not limited to the disclosure of any lease, including any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereto and any collateral material used in connection with a public offering of securities by Purchaser, (iii) to the extent that such
information is a matter of public record, or (iv) in connection with litigation with respect to which the disclosed information is relevant. By Seller’s execution of this Contract, Seller hereby confirms its agreement to indemnify, defend
and hold Purchaser free and harmless from and against any and all problems, conditions, losses, costs, damages, claims, liabilities, expenses, demands or obligations (including reasonable attorneys’

  
 29 

 
fees, expenses and disbursements), of any kind or nature whatsoever, arising out of Seller’s breach of this Section. Without limiting the foregoing, Purchaser shall comply and shall cause
its Representatives to comply with the confidentiality restrictions applicable to the landlord under the terms of the Leases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after Closing Purchaser and Seller may each issue a press release regarding the Closing
hereunder, subject to the following: (a) Purchaser shall not issue any such press release without Seller’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such press release
contains a statement to the effect that Purchaser has acquired the Property subject to a strategic alliance under which Seller or its affiliate will continue to operate and manage the building and to develop the remaining space in the building; and
(b) Seller shall not issue any such press release without the Purchaser’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. From and after the date hereof, Purchaser agrees (which agreement
shall survive Closing without limitation) that it will not in any manner at any time disparage Seller or any of its affiliates, or any of their respective managers, officers, agents or employees or any of their respective services, including but not
limited to making or soliciting comments, statements or the like, to the media or to others, that may be considered to be derogatory or detrimental to the good name or business reputation of Seller or any of its affiliates or any of their respective
managers, officers, agents or employees or any of their respective services. 
 Section 12.11 SEC S-X 3-14 Audit. In the
event Purchaser or its permitted assignee hereunder is required to prepare an audited income statement of the Property for the most recent fiscal year(s) as specified by Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, Seller agrees, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, to allow Purchaser to prepare such audited income statement, and Seller shall provide and/or cooperate in obtaining any and all such other data and financial information
available to Seller (including, without limitation, data and information obtainable from Seller’s management agent for the Property) and as advisable in connection with fulfilling such disclosure obligations of a public company subject to the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Seller’s obligations under this Section 12.11 shall survive the Closing and not be merged therein. 

Section 12.12 Assignment. Purchaser shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations under
this Contract to (i) any subsidiary, controlled affiliate or parent of Purchaser or (ii) any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Purchaser. In such event, Purchaser shall notify Seller of such transfer. For
purposes of this Contract, “control” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership or voting securities, by contract,
or otherwise. Except as set forth above in this Section 12.12, Purchaser shall have no right to assign this Contract or any of Purchaser’s rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Seller. No assignment of
this Contract by Purchaser shall relieve the entity named as Purchaser herein from its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Purchaser shall not assign this Contract or any of its rights herein to any assignee that owns,
directly or indirectly, an interest in one or more data centers operated under the name “T5” or “T5 Data Centers,” or to any person affiliated with any such data center or any such direct or indirect owner thereof. 

  
 30 

 Section 12.13 Independent Contract Consideration. Upon the Effective Date,
Purchaser shall deliver to Seller a check in the amount of Fifty Dollars ($50) (the “Independent Contract Consideration”), which amount Seller and Purchaser hereby acknowledge and agree has been bargained for and agreed to as consideration
for Seller’s execution and delivery of this Contract. The Independent Contract Consideration is in addition to and independent of any other consideration or payment provided for in this Contract, and is nonrefundable in all events. 

Section 12.14 The provisions of this Contract shall not survive Closing and shall merge into the Deed, except for any provisions
that expressly survive Closing (the “Surviving Provisions”). Each Surviving Provision shall survive for the period of time expressly stated herein for survival of the same; provided, however, that any Surviving Provision with respect to
which a specific survival term is not specifically stated shall survive only until expiration of the Survival Period, and thereafter shall terminate (subject to the first sentence of Section 9.06). 

[SEE SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES] 

  
 31 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Contract has been executed by Purchaser and Seller as of (but not
necessarily on) the date and year first above written. 
  

					
	PURCHASER:
	
	 CARTER VALIDUS PROPERTIES, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael Seton

	Print Name:	 	 Michael Seton

	Title:	 	 President

					
	
	SELLER:
	
	 ASCENT CH2, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company 

		
	By:	 	 Grande Property Holdings, LLC, its

manager

			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Phil Horstmann

		 	Print Name:	 	 Phil Horstmann

		 	Title:	 	 Manager

 Signature Page 

to Purchase Agreement 

 TITLE COMPANY JOINDER 

The Title Company joins herein in order to evidence its agreement to perform the duties and obligations of the Title Company set forth herein
and the accompanying escrow instructions and to acknowledge receipt, as of the date set forth below, of an original counterpart of this Contract signed by Seller and Purchaser. 

Date: April 7, 2014. 
  

			
	Chicago Title Insurance Company
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Linda Tyrrell

	Name:	 	 Linda Tyrrell

	Title:	 	 AVP/Sr. Escrow Officer

 Signature Page 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT A 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION 
 LOT 1 IN NORTHLAKE
BUSINESS PARK, BEING A SUBDIVISION OF PART OF THE EAST 1/2 OF SECTION 31, TOWNSHIP 40 NORTH, RANGE 12 EAST OF THE THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS. 

Exhibit A 
 to Purchase Agreement

 EXHIBIT B 

SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED 

[To be conformed to the laws of where the Property is located.] 

This instrument prepared by or under the supervision of 
 (and
after recording should be returned to): 
  

					
	Name:	  	                             , Esquire	  	
	Address:	  	  
	  	
		  	  
	  	
		  	  
	  	

 (Space Reserved for Clerk of Court) 
  

 
  

Parcel I.D. No. 
 SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED

 THIS SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED is made and entered into as of the
             day of             , 20     by
            , a                     (“Grantor”), whose mailing address is
                    ,                     ,
                    ,                     , to
                    , a
                    (“Grantee”), whose taxpayer identification number is and whose mailing address is
                    . Wherever used herein, the terms “Grantor” and “Grantee” shall include all of the parties to this instrument
and their successors and assigns. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

GRANTOR, for and in consideration of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, has sold and conveyed, and by these presents does hereby sell and convey to Grantee and Grantee’s heirs, successors and assigns forever, the following described land situate and being in
                    County,
                    (the “Property”), to wit: 

SEE EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF 

TOGETHER WITH all improvements thereon and all tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto belonging or in anywise
appertaining. 
 THIS CONVEYANCE is subject to matters of record and subject to taxes not yet due and payable. 

TO HAVE and to hold the same in fee simple forever. 

Exhibit B 
 to Purchase Agreement

  

 GRANTOR hereby warrants the title to the Property and will defend the same against the
lawful claims of all persons claiming by, through or under Grantor, but no others, subject to matters of record and subject to taxes not yet due and payable. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal as of the day and year first above written. 

 

									
	WITNESSES:	  		  		  	                                   
     , a
                                         
    
				
	  
	  		  	By:	  	  

	Print Name:	  	  
	  		  	Print Name:	  	  

		  		  		  	Title:	  	  

	  
	  		  	  
 [CORPORATE
SEAL]

	Print Name:	  	  
	  		  
					
		  		  		  	Address:	  	  

		  		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  		  	  

 STATE OF
                        ) 

                          
                  ) ss: 
 COUNTY OF
                    ) 
 The foregoing
instrument was acknowledged before me this             day of             , 20    
by                    , as                     of
                    corporation, on behalf of the corporation. They/he/she are/is personally known to me or produced
                    as identification. 
  

							
	[Notarial Seal]	 		 		 	  
 Notary Public, State of
                                         
                       

		 		 		 	Print
Name:                                        
                                         
 
		 		 		 	My Commission
Expires:                                       
                     

 Exhibit B 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT A 

To Special Warranty Deed 

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION 
  

  
 Exhibit B 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT C 

BLANKET CONVEYANCE, BILL OF SALE AND ASSIGNMENT 
  

					
	THE STATE OF        	  	§	  	
		  	§	  	            KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
	COUNTY OF        	  	§	  	

 That concurrently with the execution and delivery
hereof,                    , a                (“Assignor”),
is conveying to                    , a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignee”), by Special Warranty Deed (the “Deed”),
those certain tracts of land more particularly described on Exhibit A attached to the Deed and made a part thereof for all purposes (the “Property”), together with the improvements thereon. Unless otherwise defined herein, all initially
capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in that certain Purchase Agreement dated             , 20    , by and between Assignor
and                    with respect to the conveyance of the Property (the “Contract”). 

It is the desire of Assignor hereby to assign, transfer and convey to Assignee all Personal Property and Intangible Property2 (excluding service contracts other than Assigned Contracts and excluding any and all rights to the names “7Ascent” and “Ascent CH2 Data Center,” collectively, the “Assigned
Properties”); provided, however, the Assigned Properties shall not be deemed to include, Assignee shall have no liability under, and Assignor shall remain solely liable and responsible for, the contracts that are not Assigned Contracts. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the receipt of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, in hand paid by
Assignee to Assignor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed by Assignor, Assignor does hereby BARGAIN, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, SET OVER, CONVEY and DELIVER to Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and
assigns, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances, all of the Assigned Properties. 
 Assignee hereby assumes all obligations of Assignor
arising with respect to the Assigned Properties from and after the date hereof, but not otherwise. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has
executed this instrument as of (but not necessarily on this                day of            ,
20    . 
  
  

	2 	Conveyance to include existing brokerage agreements as noted above. 

  
 Exhibit C 

to Purchase Agreement 

									
	WITNESSES:	 		 	ASSIGNOR:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
                 , a
                                
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

	  
	 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	  
	 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	
				
		 		 		 	ASSIGNEE:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
     , a Delaware limited liability company
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

	  
	 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	  
	 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 Exhibit C 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT D 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASES 
  

					
	THE STATE OF	 	                §	  	
		 	§	  	            KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
	COUNTY OF	 	                    §	  	

 THAT,
                    , a             limited liability company
(“Assignor”) hereby transfers, assigns and sets over unto             , a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignee”), any and all leases (the
“Leases”) with tenants demising space in the premises (the “Premises”) described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, and the Leases, together with all amendments thereto and modifications
thereof, are more particularly described on the rent roll attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof for all purposes. 
 TO HAVE
AND TO HOLD the Leases, together with any and all security deposits, prepaid rents, rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging to Assignor unto Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns FOREVER, and 

Assignee agrees to assume all liabilities and obligations of the landlord under the Leases (including specifically, without limitation, the
liabilities and obligations of the landlord under the Leases with respect to security deposits, the receipt of which Assignee acknowledges was made by credit to Assignee to the extent shown on the closing statement for Assignee’s acquisition of
the Premises) to the extent same arise or are otherwise attributable to the period from and after the date hereof, but not otherwise. 
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has executed this instrument as of (but not necessarily on) this             day of             ,
20    . 
  

									
	WITNESSES:	 		 	ASSIGNOR:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
                         , a
                                    
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

					
		 		 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

  
 Exhibit D 

to Purchase Agreement 

									
		 		 		 	ASSIGNEE:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
                         , a Delaware limited liability company
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

					
		 		 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

  
 Exhibit D 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT E 

FIRPTA AFFIDAVIT 
  

					
	THE STATE OF	 	                §	  	
		 	§	  	            KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
	COUNTY OF	 	                    §	  	

 Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest
must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. To inform                     (“Transferee”) that withholding of tax is not
required upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by                     “Transferor”), Transferor hereby certifies the
following: 
  

	 	1.	Transferor is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Income Tax Regulations); 

 

	 	2.	Transferor’s U.S. employer identification number is:             ; 

  

	 	3.	Transferor is not a “disregarded entity” as defined in IRS Regulation 1.1445-2(b)(iii); and 

  

	 	4.	Transferor’s office address is
                                        .

 Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Transferee and that
any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. 
 Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have
examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document. 

EXECUTED as of (but not necessarily on) this day of             ,
20    . 
  

			
	TRANSFEROR:
	
	                                    
        , a
                                
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  
 Exhibit E 

to Purchase Agreement 

 SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME this     day of
            , 20    . 
  

							
	[Notarial Seal]	 		 		 	  
 Notary Public, State of
                                         
                       

		 		 		 	Print
Name:                                        
                                         
 
		 		 		 	My Commission
Expires:                                       
                     

  
 Exhibit E 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT F 

Reserved 

  
 Exhibit F 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT G 

TENANT NOTIFICATION LETTER 

            , 20     

[Name and Address of Tenant] 
  

	 	Re:	                         

                       
  
 Dear Tenant: 
 Please be advised
that: 

1.                    
(“Purchaser”) has purchased the captioned property (the “Property”) from                    (“Seller”). 

2. In connection with such purchase, Seller has transferred your security deposit in the amount of
$            (the “Security Deposit”) to Purchaser. Purchaser specifically acknowledges the receipt of and sole responsibility for the return of the Security Deposit. 

3. All rental and other payments that become due subsequent to the date hereof should be payable to Purchaser and should be delivered to the
following address: 

c/o                   
                                         

                    
                                         
     

                    
                                         
     

Attention:                  
                                

4. Copies of any notices to landlord under your lease should be delivered to the following address: 

 

                    
                                         
     

                    
                                         
     

                    
                                         
     

Attention:                  
                                

[Signature page follows.] 

Exhibit G 
 to Purchase Agreement

									
	WITNESSES:	 		 	PURCHASER:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
                         , a
                                    
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

					
		 		 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

									
		 		 	SELLER:
				
		 		 		 	                                   
                         , a
                                    
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Print Name:	 	  

	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

					
		 		 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 Exhibit G 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT H 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 

Litigation: 

1. James Sworsky v. FCL Builders Inc., et al., Case No. 2012L013628, pending in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. 

Commission Agreements: 

1. Commission Agreement with Landlord, between Jones Lang LaSalle Midwest LLC and Ascent CH2, LLC, relating to the Lease with Walgreens. 

2. Commission Agreement with Landlord, between Jones Lang LaSalle Midwest LLC and Ascent CH2, LLC, relating to the Lease with Comcast. 

3. Commission Agreement with Landlord, between Jones Lang LaSalle Midwest LLC and Ascent CH2, LLC, relating to the Lease with HSBC. 

  
 Exhibit H 

to Purchase Agreement 

 EXHIBIT I 

Property Management Agreement Terms 
  

 
 Term Sheet 

Property Management Agreement 

Ascent CH2 Data Center 

3/15/14 
 General 

 

					
	Owner:	  	Carter Validus Properties LLC
		
	Manager:	  	Ascent CH2, LLC
		
	Term:	  	 •   The PMA relative to Critical Infrastructure Management
Services and Property Management Services shall be for a term of 1 year from Closing, and shall automatically renew for successive 1-year periods unless either party provides notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of any
such 1-year term (or unless either party terminates for cause, to be defined in the PMA). Termination of such services will not terminate the Development Management Services, Construction Management Services or Suite 500 Construction Services.

 
 •   The PMA relative to
Development Management Services and Construction Management Services shall be for a term of 3 years from Closing (i.e., such services survive any conveyance and shall bind successor owners of the property for such 3-year period), provided that if CV
conveys the property to an unrelated third party, then CV or the successor owner shall have the right to terminate the PMA as to Development Management Services and Construction Management Services at any time after the date that is 2 years from
Closing (and further provided that the expiration or termination of the PMA as to Development Management Services and Construction Management Services shall not apply to or affect the provision of services, or the collection or earning of fees,
arising out of or relating to (i) fees earned but not paid as of the date of termination, and/or (ii) the development and construction of any spaces that have been leased but not completed as of the date of termination).

 
 •   The PMA relative to the
Suite 500 Construction Services shall commence as of Closing and shall continue until the earlier of: (i) completion of and full payment for the Suite 500 work; or (ii) 4 years from Closing (i.e., such services survive any conveyance and shall bind
successor owners of the property).

			
	Fees and Expenses Payable to Manager:	  	Critical Infrastructure Management Fee	  	 $1,850,000 annually, paid monthly in advance, subject to:
  

•   2% annual increases, compounded annually

 
 •   Equitable increases if
Manager provides critical infrastructure management for future turnkey leased suites, to be mutually agreed between Manager and Owner.

			
		  	 Property
 Management Fee
	  	$250,000 annually, paid monthly in advance (subject to 2% annual increases, compounded annually)
			
		  	Supervisory Fee	  	All management, supervision, review, administrative and overhead fees and expenses that CV charges, or is entitled to charge, under each of the leases for Suites 100, 200, 400, 500, 700a and 800 relating to premises, building,
infrastructure or project management, including, without limitation, (i) “Direct

 5924665 

  
 Exhibit I 

to Purchase Agreement 

					
		  		  	Tenant Charge Management Fees,” as more particularly described and defined in each of such leases, or similar management fees, (ii) fees and expenses in connection with Alterations (as defined in each of such leases), and (iii)
fees and expenses in connection with correction of tenant-caused damage and defaults, in all cases to be charged to and collected from tenants, as applicable, by Manager on behalf of CV. Manager shall be entitled to receive similar Supervisory Fees
with respect to any other leases for which CV engages Manager to provide Critical Infrastructure Management Services or Property Management Services.
			
		  	 Pass-Through
 Costs
	  	All costs and expenses relating to operating expenses, direct charges to tenants, and capital repairs and replacements will be pass-through costs to CV with no mark-up by the Manager other than the fees described above. Manager
shall be entitled to receive similar payments with respect to any other leases for which CV engages Manager to provide Critical Infrastructure Management Services or Property Management Services.
			
		  	 Development
 Management

Services
	  	3% of rents during initial lease terms of leases in which Manager is involved as developer or coordinator for suites 700b, 300 and/or 1200. Development Management Services Fees are paid 50% upon signing of new lease agreement and
the balance upon first anniversary of such signing.
			
		  	Construction Management Services (Suites 700b, 300, 1200)	  	5% of build costs on turnkey suite buildouts for suites 700b, 300 and 1200
			
		  	 Suite 500
 Construction

Services
	  	Walgreens is required the fund the cost of the Suite 500 turnkey buildout in accordance with the terms outlined in their lease agreement. CV, as Landlord, will engage Manager to manage the construction process and instruct Walgreens
to pay the Suite 500 Turnkey Sum directly to Manager. Manager will provide Landlord with a Completion and Payment Guaranty with respect to Walgreens Suite 500. More specifically this will be a guaranty of cost overruns, payment of sub-contractors
and an indemnification for any losses incurred as a result of a default of landlord’s obligation to complete the Suite 500 work in accordance with the terms of the Walgreen’s Lease. The guaranty will be capped at $5mm, with a mutually
acceptable guarantor.
		
	 Lease
 Restrictions:
	  	CV will be restricted from taking or omitting various actions with respect to the leases or the property that could impact Manager’s obligations or rights under the PMA.
		
	Service Level Agreements:	  	 •   Technical service level agreement criteria to mirror the same in
the leases for Suites 100, 200, 700a and 800.
  

•   Amount of service level credits for any service level failure to be in amounts described in
the PMA. Service level credits payable by Manager to CV not to exceed $10,400 for any month.

		
	 Management
 Office:
	  	Manager will have exclusive use (at no charge) of a management office of 1,232 s.f. within Suite 700. Expenses associated with this space to be billed to tenants as Operating Expenses (approximately
$4.72/s.f.).
		
	Facility Name:	  	 The facility shall be known and identified as the “Ascent CH2 Data Center” unless and until the earlier to occur of (x)
Manager notifies CV that Manager does not want the facility to be identified as the “Ascent CH2 Data Center,” (y) Manager is no longer providing services under the PMA, or (z) neither CV nor any of its affiliates own the
facility.

 5924665 

  
 Exhibit I 

to Purchase Agreement 

 Critical Infrastructure Management Services – Outline of Scope of Services 

 

	 	•	 	Critical Systems Management Services 

  

	 	•	 	Management of mission critical equipment, systems and physical environment integration (life safety, mechanical, plumbing, and power related activities and issues). 

 

	 	•	 	Implementation, documentation and maintenance of emergency response and escalation procedures for selected critical systems equipment. 

 

	 	•	 	Troubleshoot emergencies, equipment problems and technical issues; organize and oversee resolutions. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide ongoing technical support, management and oversight of site staff and vendors as necessary. 

  

	 	•	 	24x7 Maintenance Coverage 

  

	 	•	 	Staffing to support 24x7 Maintenance at the site, to consist of a blend of on-site electrical, mechanical, and controls technicians to perform operations and light maintenance on the critical systems for the overall
facility and Suites 100, 200, 700a and 800 (“Covered Suites”). 

  

	 	•	 	Manage and implement preventative maintenance (PM) programs for the overall facility and as provided in the leases for the Covered Suites. 

 

	 	•	 	Provide 24x7 maintenance technicians onsite. 

  

	 	•	 	Monitor BMS system and respond to maintenance emergencies on a 24x7 basis. 

  

	 	•	 	Maintain training and certification program for all 24x7 staff. 

  

	 	•	 	Critical Infrastructure Management Services 

  

	 	•	 	Provide Ascent’s Critical Infrastructure Management System (CIMS), to provide centralized maintenance management for covered critical infrastructure equipment. 

 

	 	•	 	Ascent Operation Center (AOC) to provide 24x7 Professional Remote Monitoring and Dispatching Services for the critical infrastructure and environment at the defined facilities. This will be accomplished utilizing
client-furnished Building Monitoring Systems (BMS). 

 Property Management Services – Outline Scope of Services 

 

	 	•	 	Agency 

  

	 	•	 	Manager to perform property management services as CV’s agent and at agent’s sole cost and expense. 

  

	 	•	 	Management Services 

  

	 	•	 	Maintenance of operating account for payment of project costs. 

  

	 	•	 	Procurement and payment of utilities. 

  

	 	•	 	Payment of real estate and personal property taxes. 

  

	 	•	 	Procurement of common area / common facility repairs and maintenance. Manage and implement PM program for selected equipment. 

  

	 	•	 	Monthly and annual reporting; accounting. 

  

	 	•	 	Hire, discharge, supervise and pay contractors and suppliers to perform the property management services. 

  

	 	•	 	Manage inventory of supplies, tools and equipment. 

  

	 	•	 	Budgeting 

  

	 	•	 	Prepare annual operating budget. 

  

	 	•	 	Coordinate annual reconciliation of budget with tenant estimated payments. 

 5924665 

  
 Exhibit I 

to Purchase Agreement 

 Development Management Services – Outline Scope of Services 

 

	 	•	 	Provide development services (as CV’s agent) relating to the development and marketing of suites 700b, 300 and 1200. 

  

	 	•	 	Coordinate CV’s marketing activities and engagement of any brokers. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide assistance with lead generation 

 Construction Management Services – Outline Scope of Services

  

	 	•	 	Manage construction of turnkey suite buildouts for suites 700b, 300 and 1200 (as CV’s agent). 

  

	 	•	 	Review and evaluate CV’s program for construction; provide preconstruction advising and coordination with design professionals (as CV’s agent). 

 

	 	•	 	Coordinate division of project into individual contracts for bidding and construction; coordinate negotiation and bidding process (as CV’s agent). 

 

	 	•	 	Manage procurement of owner-supplied materials and equipment (as CV’s agent). 

  

	 	•	 	Administration of construction contract; review schedules and budgets; review and processing of applications for payment (as CV’s agent). 

Suite 500 Construction Services – Outline Scope of Services 
  

	 	•	 	Assume responsibility for construction and installation of Suite 500 landlord work (defined as “Suite 2 Landlord Work” in the Walgreens lease). 

 

	 	•	 	Manager shall have all of the rights of the landlord with respect to such construction and installation (including, without limitation, the right to receive payment of the Suite 2 Turnkey Sum, as defined in the
Walgreens lease). 

  

	 	•	 	If the cost of the Suite 2 Landlord Work is greater than the Suite 2 Turnkey Sum (as defined in the lease, and subject to adjustment as provided in the lease and the PMA), then such additional cost will be paid by
Manager without reimbursement by CV. If the cost of the Suite 2 Landlord Work is less than the Suite 2 Turnkey Sum (as defined in the lease, and subject to adjustment as provided in the lease and the PMA), then the balance of the Suite 2 Turnkey Sum
will inure solely to the benefit of Manager without any payment or reimbursement to CV. 

 5924665 

  
 Exhibit I 

to Purchase Agreement

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00231-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00231-of-00352.parquet"}]]